Axis 670 User`s manual

Proceed with Section 4 Setting Up - AS/400 , on page 49

See Section 5 Setting Up - IBM Mainframe , on page 87

TCP/IP

NDPS

NetWare

Advanced configuration

See Setup using NDPS , on page 116

Proceed with

See Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot , on page 32

See Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot , on page 32.

Proceed with Advanced Installation using AXIS NetPilot , on page 118

NetBIOS/NetBEUI

TCP/IP

See Section 7 Setting Up - Windows , on page 123

Proceed with Section 7 Setting Up - Windows , on page

123

NetBIOS/NetBEUI

AppleTalk

TCP/IP

See

Section 8 Setting Up - OS/2 , on page 145

Section 9 Setting Up - Macintosh , on page 149

Proceed with Section 10 Setting Up - UNIX , on page 155

Available installation methods for the AXIS 570/670

* Macintosh is only supported by AXIS 570 and AXIS 570e.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 31

Installation Tools The appropriate installation tools for the AXIS 570/670 are summarized in the following table:

Environment Network Protocols Installation Tool

AS/400

IBM Mainframe

NetWare

Windows 95/98/NT

Windows 3.1/WfW

OS/2

Macintosh (**)

UNIX

SNA

TCP/IP

SNA

TCP/IP

IPX/SPX

NetBIOS/NetBEUI

TCP/IP

NetBIOS/NetBEUI

TCP/IP

NetBIOS/NetBEUI

AppleTalk

TCP/IP

AXIS NetPilot

Web browser

AXIS NetPilot

Web browser

AXIS NetPilot

AXIS Print Monitor

AXIS Print Utility for Windows

LPR Spooler (*)

AXIS Print Utility for OS/2

Standard using the Chooser axinstall

Recommended installation tools for the AXIS 570/670

* A shareware LPR spooler is available for Windows for

Workgroups. You can download this software from http://www.axis.com/techsup/.

** Macintosh is only supported by the AXIS 570 and AXIS 570e models.

32 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Basic Setup with AXIS NetPilot

Follow the instructions available on the AXIS Online CD to install the

AXIS NetPilot software on to your computer. AXIS NetPilot runs on any of the Windows platforms; Windows 3.x, Windows 95, Windows

98, Windows NT, Windows for Workgroups, or in a WinOS/2 window under OS/2.

Starting the

Installation

Follow the instructions below to install the AXIS 570/670 with AXIS

NetPilot:

1. Start AXIS NetPilot by double-clicking the NetPilot icon, which is located in the folder where you installed AXIS NetPilot.

2. Locate the AXIS 570/670 in the ‘New Axis Units’ folder. Select it and click the Install button on the AXIS NetPilot toolbar. If your network is large, it could take a few seconds before the print server appears in the folder.

3. Choose the with Installation Wizard option and click OK. The following screen appears:

The AXIS Installation Wizard Main window

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 33

The AXIS NetPilot Installation Wizard guides you through the installation process. The following options are available:

Note: ❏ The number of options varies according to the number of environments you enable.

Print Server Name

Environments

The default print server name consists of the characters ‘AXIS’ followed by the last six digits of the serial number. If you want to change the print server name, just type the new name in the available text field.

Choose which networking environments you want to configure the

AXIS 570/670 for, i.e. SNA, NetWare, TCP/IP, Windows & OS/2 or

AppleTalk. If your network comprises various different platforms, you can enable any combination of environments.

Note: ❏ AppleTalk only available for the AXIS 570 and the AXIS 570e models.

SNA

NetWare NDS

Select the emulation mode for the AXIS 570/670. The supported modes are 3174 (Mainframe) and 5494 (AS/400). You should also provide the valid emulation settings.

Place NetWare Print Queues on a specific bindery server, or alternatively into an NDS Tree.

The IP address Choose the method the AXIS 570/670 should employ for obtaining an IP address. DHCP, ARP, RARP and BOOTP are supported. You

can also select to set the IP address manually. Refer to Assigning an IP

address, on page 36 for further information about setting the IP

address.

34 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Print Queues The AXIS 570/670 uses the print server name followed by the printer port as the default Print Queue names and print server port names. If you want to change the default printer queue names, just type the new names in the available text fields.

Environment

NetWare

Windows & OS/2

AppleTalk

Default Names

AXIS1A0003_LPT1_Q

AXIS1A0003_LPT2_Q

AXIS1A0003_COM1_Q

AX1A0003.LP1

AX1A0003.LP2

AX1A0003.CM1

AXIS1A0003_LPT1

AXIS1A0003_LPT2

AXIS1A0003_COM1

Default Print Queue Names and Print Server Port Names for each of the operating environments.

Test Page The final user prompt in the Installation Wizard allows you to print a test page through NetWare. The test page displays the name of all the

NetWare servers the AXIS 570/670 is connected to and shows the status of each connection.

Unless you want to connect or create additional printing queues, the installation for the NetWare environment is now completed.

Notes: ❏ The parameters entered during installation are not permanent; they can be altered at any time according to your network printing requirements.

❏ No serious or permanent damage will be caused if you make a mistake during installation. If at any time you find that printing is not satisfactory, the parameters can easily be changed to tune the system to your requirements.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 35

❏ For information on advanced functions, please refer to the AXIS

Network Print Server Technical Reference. You can download this or other technical information over the Internet by accessing the Axis WWW Home Page at http://www.axis.com/ or the

AXIS Online CD.

36 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Assigning an IP address

To establish communication with the TCP/IP network, enabling

TCP/IP printing and Web browser management, an IP address must be assigned to your AXIS 570/670.

Before you start

System privileges

Ethernet address

Node address

IP address

You need root privileges on your UNIX system, or administrator privileges on a Windows NT server.

You need to know the Ethernet address of your AXIS 570/570e to perform the installation. The Ethernet address is based upon the serial number of your AXIS 570/570e. This means, for example, that an

AXIS 570/570e with the serial number of 00408C100086, will have the corresponding Ethernet address of 00 40 8C 10 00 86. The serial number is located on the bottom label of the unit.

In Token Ring networks the node address is either the serial number found on the underside label of the AXIS 670/670e or a Locally

Administrated Address

Unless you are downloading the IP address using DHCP, you must obtain an unused IP address from your network administrator.

Important: ❏ DO NOT use the IP addresses used in the following examples when installing your AXIS 570/670. Always consult your network administrator before assigning an IP address to your AXIS

570/670.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 37

Methods for downloading the IP Address

You can set the IP address using one of the following methods, depending on your network operating environment:

Method

AXIS IP Installer

Network environments

Windows 95/98/NT

See ...

page 38

DHCP

ARP

RARP

BOOTP

Manual setting

Windows NT, UNIX

Windows 95/98/NT

UNIX

Windows 95/98/NT, OS/2,

NetWare

AXIS NetPilot , on page 32

Note: ❏ The ARP and RARP methods operate on single network segments only, i.e. they cannot be used over routers.

Assigning a

Host Name to the IP address

If you are using host names, you can map a unique host name to the obtained IP address. Refer to your system manuals or to your network administrator for instructions on how to perform name mapping on your system.

The AXIS 570/670 supports WINS (Windows Internet Name

Service), which is recommended when you are using DHCP in a

Windows NT network.

Note: ❏ If the host name has not been mapped to the IP address, you can still perform the following instructions on how to download the

IP address. In this case, simply replace the host name entry with the IP address wherever required.

38 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using AXIS IP Installer Follow the instructions below to set the IP address of your AXIS

570/670 using the AXIS IP Installer:

1. Download the AXIS IP Installer to your host. The software is available on the AXIS Online CD or on the Axis home page at

http://www.axis.com/.

2. Connect the AXIS 570/670 to the network. Note the serial number that is located on the underside label of the AXIS

570/670. You will need it in the proceeding steps.

3. Start the AXIS IP Installer.

4. Click the serial number of your AXIS 570/670 that appears in the server list.

5. Enter the desired IP address in the designated IP address field and click the Set IP address button.

6. The IP setting process will take approximately 10 to 40 seconds.

Click OK in the confirmation box that appears when the IP address has been set.

Notes: ❏ AXIS IP Installer uses the BOOTP and DHCP protocols to communicate with the AXIS 570/670. Make sure that at least one of these protocols is enabled in your print server.

❏ Restart your AXIS 570/670, if it does not show up in the server list.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 39

Using DHCP Follow the instructions below to download the IP address using

DHCP:

1. Edit or create a scope in the DHCP manager of the DHCP daemon. The entries included in this scope should contain the following parameters:

• range of IP addresses

• subnet mask

• default router IP address

• WINS server IP address(es)

• lease duration

2. Activate the scope.

The AXIS 570/670 automatically downloads the DHCP parameters.

If you are using WINS, you must include at least one WINS server IP address in the DHCP scope. Immediately after the IP address has been received, the AXIS 570/670 registers its host name and IP address on the WINS server.

The AXIS 570/670 can automatically download a customized config file from a TFTP server. Just add the name of the config file and the

TFTP server’s IP address to your DHCP scope. The config file is downloaded immediately after the AXIS 570/670 receives its IP address.

Note: ❏ You do not have to restart the AXIS 570/670 to download the IP address.

40 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using ARP in

Windows 95/98 and

Windows NT

Follow the instructions below to set the IP address using ARP.

AXIS 570/570e Ethernet Print Servers:

1. Start a DOS window.

2. Type the following commands: arp -s <IP address> <Ethernet address> ping <IP address> arp -d <IP address>

Example arp -s 192.168.3.191 00-40-8c-10-00-86 ping 192.168.3.191

arp -d 192.168.3.191

The host will return Reply from 192.168.3.191 ... or a similar message. This indicates that the address has been set and that communication is established.

Notes: ❏ The

Ethernet address

is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 570/570e.

❏ When using the Windows 95 implementation of ARP, change the first line to: arp -s <IP address> <Ethernet address> <w95host IP address>

, where

is the IP address of your Windows 95 host.

❏ When you execute the ping

command for the first time, you will experience a significantly longer response time than is usual.

❏ By using the arp -d

command, the static entry in the arp table is removed from the host’s cache memory.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 41

AXIS 670/670e Token Ring Print Servers:

1. Start a DOS window.

2. Type the following commands: arp -s 802.5 <IP address> <Node address> ping <IP address> arp -d <IP address>

Example arp -s 802.5 192.168.3.191 00-02-31-48-00-61 ping 192.168.3.191

arp -d 192.168.3.191

The host will return Reply from 192.168.3.191 ... or a similar message. This indicates that the address has been set and that communication is established.

Notes: ❏ The

Node address

is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 670/670e.

❏ When using the Windows 95 implementation of ARP, change the first line to: arp -s <IP address> <Ethernet address> <w95host IP address>

, where

is the IP address of your Windows 95 host.

❏ When you execute the ping

command for the first time, you will experience a significantly longer response time than is usual.

❏ By using the arp -d

command, the static entry in the arp table is removed from the host’s cache memory.

42 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using ARP in UNIX Follow the instructions below to set the IP address using ARP.

AXIS 570/570e Ethernet Print Servers:

Type the following commands in the shell window: arp -s <host name> <Ethernet address> temp ping <host name>

Example: arp -s npsname 00:40:8c:10:00:86 temp ping npsname

The host will return

npsname is alive, or a similar message. This indicates that the address has been set and that communication is established.

Notes: ❏ The

Ethernet address

is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 570/570e.

❏ The ARP command varies between different UNIX systems.

Some BSD type systems expect the host name and node address in reverse order. Furthermore IBM AIX systems will require the additional argument ether. For example: arp -s ether <host name> 00:40:8c:10:00:86 temp

❏ When you execute the ping

command for the first time, you may experience a significantly longer response time than is usual.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 43

AXIS 670/670e Token Ring Print Servers:

Type the following commands in the shell window: arp -s 802.5 <host name> <node address> temp ping <host name>

Example: arp -s 802.5 npsname 00:02:31:48:00:61 temp ping npsname

The host will return

npsname is alive, or a similar message. This indicates that the address has been set and that communication is established.

Notes: ❏ The node address is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 670/670e.

❏ The ARP command varies between different UNIX systems.

Some BSD type systems expect the host name and node address in reverse order.

❏ When you execute the ping

command for the first time, you may experience a significantly longer response time than is usual.

44 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using RARP in UNIX Follow the instructions below to set the IP address using RARP.

AXIS 570/570e Ethernet Print Servers:

1. Append the following line to your Ethernet Address table. This is typically located in the

/etc/ethers

file:

Example:

00:40:8c:10:00:86 npsname

2. Update, if necessary, your host table and alias name databases, as required by your system.

3. If it is not already running, start the RARP daemon. This is typically performed using the rarpd -a

command.

4. Restart the AXIS 570/570e to download the IP address.

Notes: ❏ The

Ethernet address

is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 570/570e.

❏ If you are a IBM AIX user, you will probably not have access to a

RARP daemon. If this is the case, you can use either the ARP or

BOOTP methods instead.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 45

AXIS 670/670e Token Ring Print Servers:

1. Append the following line to your Ethernet Address table. This is typically located in the

/etc/ethers

file:

Example:

00:02:31:48:00:61 npsname

2. Update, if necessary, your host table and alias name databases, as required by your system.

3. If it is not already running, start the RARP daemon. This is typically performed using the rarpd -a

command.

4. Restart the AXIS 670/670e to download the IP address.

Note: ❏ The

Node address

is equal to the serial number, which can be found on the underside label of the AXIS 670/670e.

❏ If you are a IBM AIX user, you will probably not have access to a

RARP daemon. If this is the case, you can use either the ARP or

BOOTP methods instead.

46 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using BOOTP in UNIX

Follow the instructions below to set the IP address using BOOTP:

1. Append the following entry to your boot table. This is typically performed by editing the file:

/etc/bootptab

<host name>:ht=<hardware type>:vm=<vendor magic>:\

:ha=<hardware address>:ip=<IP address>:\

:sm=<subnet mask>:gw=<gateway field>

Example - AXIS 570/570e Ethernet Print Servers: npsname:ht=ether:vm=rfc1048:\

:ha=00408c100086:ip=192.168.3.191:\

:sm=255.255.255.0:gw=192.168.1.1

Example - AXIS 670/670e Token Ring Print Servers: npsname:ht=tr:vm=rfc1048:\

:ha=000231480061:ip=192.168.3.191:\

:sm=255.255.255.0:gw=192.168.1.1

Notes: ❏ Enter the

and vm

fields exactly as shown in the example.

❏ The ha

field is the Ethernet address/node address and the

ip field is the IP address of your AXIS 570/670.

❏ The gw

and sm

fields correspond to the default router address and subnet mask.

2. If necessary, update your host table and alias name databases, as required by your system.

3. If it is not already running, start the BOOTP daemon. This is typically performed using the bootpd

command.

4. Restart the AXIS 570/670 to download the IP address, default router address, and subnet mask.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 3: Basic Installation 47

The AXIS 570/670 can automatically download a customized config file from a TFTP server. Just add the name of the config file and the

TFTP server’s IP address to your boot table. The config file is downloaded immediately after the AXIS 570/670 receives its IP address.

48 Section 3: Basic Installation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 49

Section 4 Setting Up - AS/400

This section describes how to configure the AXIS 570/670 for printing of SCS and IPDS data streams using SNA and TCP/IP transport protocols in the AS/400 environment.

A number of protocols and print methods are available. Looking at

SCS over TCP/IP printing, we strongly recommend the TN5250E alternative. This print method offers superior control and management features as well as automatic configuration and high throughput using the AXIS 570/670 series.

If you have decided to use SNA, we recommend the 5494 mode.

Compared to the 3174 mode, this alternative yields better text formatting options as well as automatic configuration.

Proceed to the setup section that is relevant to your network environment, as described in the table below:

Printing protocol Data streams

SCS

SNA - 5494 Mode

IPDS

SCS SNA - 3174 Mode

TN5250E (TCP/IP) SCS

Raw TCP/IP

PPR/PPD

(TCP/IP)

SCS

IPDS

LPR/LPD (TCP/IP) SCS

Action

SNA Printing - 5494 Mode, on page 51

SNA Printing - 5494 Mode , on page 51

SNA Printing - 3174 Mode , on page 58

TN5250E printing , on page 64

Raw TCP/IP Printing - SCS data streams , on page 66

PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams , on page 72

LPR/LPD Printing , on page 79

Note: ❏ IPDS is only supported by the AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e models.

50 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

If you intend to operate your AXIS 570/670 in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual, namely:

Appendix H - DBCS Support for further information.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 51

SNA Printing - 5494 Mode

The 5494 mode provides a significantly richer set of features for formatting text and is the recommended emulation mode in AS/400 environments.

The 5494 mode supports DBCS which accommodates printing from

AS/400 host systems using languages that employ double-byte character sets, namely Chinese, Japanese and Korean. Refer to

The AXIS 570/670 supports printing of SCS and IPDS data streams via the SNA transport protocol. However, you cannot mix the two data streams within the same print job.

Note: ❏ IPDS data streams are only supported by the AXIS 570e and

AXIS 670e models.

Configuring for SNA printing in 5494 Mode is described in three separate stages:

• Configuring the AS/400 Host system

• Configuring the AXIS 570/670

• Verifying the communication

52 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Configuring the

AS/400 Host System

If you are using OS/400 Version 3 Release 1 or higher, the AS/400 host in 5494 CU mode is automatically configured. The instructions in this section describes this automated configuration procedure.

If you are using a pre-version 3 release, you must perform the configuration procedure manually. If this is the case, please refer to the

AXIS Network Print Server Technical Reference that is supplied on the AXIS Online CD or the Technical Notes that feature on the Axis

Web site.

Follow the instructions below to verify that the AS/400 host is correctly configured for SNA printing:

1. Type DSPNETA on the AS/400 command line. For your future reference, note the values of the Local network ID and

Default local location parameters. Press F3.

2. Type DSPLIND xxxxxxxxxx , where xxxxxxxxxx is the name given to your LAN Line Description used with the AXIS

570/670. If you do not know the name of the Line Description, type WRKCFGSTS *LIN to get a list of all line descriptions on the system.

3. Press F11 to display keywords.

4. For your future reference, note the values of the Local

Adapter Address (ADPTADR) and Maximum

Controllers (MAXCTL) parameters. Press ENTER to view the active switched controllers display and check that the number of controllers does not exceed MAXCTL .

5. Press ENTER repeatedly to display the SSAP list. Make sure that there is at least one SSAP entry dedicated for SNA. For your future reference, note the SSAP value for this entry.

Note: ❏ The SNA entry is normally set to SSAP 04 .

6. Press ENTER repeatedly to display the Autocreate controller (AUTOCRTCTL) parameter. Ensure that the

AUTOCRTCTL parameter is set to *YES . Press F3 to return to the command line.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 53

7. Type WRKSYSVAL . Find the QAUTOCFG and QAUTORMT parameters and check that both are ON(1) . Press F3.

8. Type DSPMODD QRMTWSC on the command line. Press F11 to display the keywords. Verify that the mode description exists on the system and that it is configured as presented in the example below. Use the command WRKMODD QRMTWSC if you need to change a value:

Display Mode Description

Mode description . . . . . . . . MODD QRMTWSC

Class-of-service . . . . . . . . COS

Maximum sessions . . . . . . . . MAXSSN

Maximum conversations. . . . . . MAXCNV

Locally controlled sessions. . . LCLCTLSSN

Pre-established sessions . . . . PREESTSSN

Maximum inbound pacing value . . MAXINPAC

Inbound pacing value . . . . . . INPACING

Outbound pacing value. . . . . . OUTPACING

Maximum length of request unit . MAXLENRU

Data compression . . . . . . . . DTACPR

Inbound data compression . . . . INDTACPR

Outbound data compression. . . . OUTDTACPR

Session level encryption . . . . SLE

Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEXT

#CONNECT

*CALC

*NONE

This Mode is IBM supplied

Bottom

Press F3.

9. Type DSPUSRPRF QUSER . Make sure that the QUSER

Status is *ENABLED and has its Maximum Storage Allowed parameter set to *NOMAX . Press F3.

10. Use the WRKCFGSTS *CTL xxxx* (where xxxx is the first 4 characters of the AXIS 570/670 LU Name) command to delete any previously created Controller and Device descriptions specific to your 570/670 unit. Delete the Device Descriptions (indented text) first and then the Controllers. Print a test page if you are unsure of the AXIS 570/670 LU Name .

54 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Configuring the

AXIS 570/670

To perform the instructions presented in this section, you should first assign an IP address to your AXIS 570/670 using one of the methods

presented in Assigning an IP address, on page 36.

Note: ❏ If your network does not support the TCP/IP protocol suite, you can still configure the AXIS 570/670 using the AXIS NetPilot installation tool.

Follow the instructions below to configure the AXIS 570/670 using a

Web browser:

1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet explorer or Netscape

Navigator.

2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS 570/670 in the location field and press the ENTER key on your keyboard. The internal Web pages of the AXIS 570/670 appear. You may be asked to enter a user name and a password. The default values are

root and pass, respectively.

3. Click the Configuration button.

4. Select SNA from the header.

5. Select 5494 from the 3174/5494 Emulation Parameter dropdown list.

6. Enter the SSAP in the Local SAP value text field.

7. Enter the Local network ID in the Local 5494 Network

Name text field.

8. Enter the

Local adapter address

in the Host MAC address text field.

9. Enter the Local network ID in the Host Network Name text field.

10. Enter the

Default local location

in the Host LU Name text field and click the Submit SNA settings button.

Depending on your choice of data streams, continue the installation

by selecting the appropriate set of instructions on page 55.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 55

IPDS data streams (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

Proceed with the following instructions if you are printing IPDS data streams:

1. Select IBM IPDS Configuration from the header.

2. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list and click the Submit IBM IPDS Configuration

settings button.

3. Select IBM IPDS Printer Driver from the header.

4. Select the paper size for each paper bin from the from the Paper

Size drop-down list and click the Submit IBM IPDS Printer

Driver settings button.

5. Select SNA from the header.

6. Select an IPDS printer emulation from the Logical unit data

streams drop-down list that corresponds to the logical printer you want to use. If you are using several logical printers, each corresponding Logical unit data stream must be set.

7. Set the Automatic link establishment (dialing) radio button to

Yes and click the Submit SNA settings button. This will start the automatic configuration process.

SCS data streams

Proceed with the following instructions if you are printing SCS data streams:

1. Select IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION from the header.

2. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list.

3. Select a twinax printer emulation from the Printer Emulation drop-down list and click the Submit IBM BASIC

CONFIGURATION settings button.

4. Select IBM PRINTER DRIVER from the header.

56 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

5. Make sure that the Printer Driver parameter is matching your printer and click the Submit IBM PRINTER DRIVER settings button.

6. Select IBM PAGE FORMAT from the header.

7. Select the appropriate page properties and click the Submit IBM

PAGE FORMAT settings button.

8. Select SNA from the header.

9. AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only: Check that you have selected SCS from the appropriate Logical Unit Data stream drop-down lists.

10. Set the Automatic link establishment (dialing) radio button to

Yes and click the Submit SNA settings button. This will start the automatic configuration process.

Should you require assistance with any of the operations, click the

Help button and follow the instructions provided in the Help window.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 57

Verifying the

Communication Link

1. Type WRKCFGSTS *CTL xxxx* on the AS/400 command line where xxxx is the first four characters of the AXIS 570/670

LU Name . After a couple of minutes, ensure that the following items are displayed:

• One APPC controller with the same name as the AXIS

570/670 LU Name .

• One APPC device with the same name as the AXIS 570/670

LU Name , one controller session (QRMTWSC) and the currently active (default = 3) printer sessions (QRMTWSC) .

• One twinax controller named xxxxxRMT , where xxxxx is the first five characters of the AXIS 570/670 LU Name .

• Three twinax printer devices named xxxxPRT0z where xxxx is the first four characters of the AXIS 570/670

LU Name and z is the printer device number.

The status of all items should now be ACTIVE or VARIED ON .

2. Type STRPRTWTR xxxxPRT0z on the AS/400 command line, where xxxxPRT0z is the printer device name. This command starts the writer for this printer device.

3. Press the AXIS 570/670 test button once to print a test page.

Ensure that the SNA status is defined on the test page as Idle ,

Actv

LU-4

58 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

SNA Printing - 3174 Mode

The 3174 mode does not provide optimum AS/400 performance and is not the recommended emulation mode. In this mode, printing is limited to plain text only. However, the fonts used can be selected

using Extended IBM printer Emulation. See Appendix C - Extended

IBM Printer Emulation for further information.

Note: ❏ Native AS/400 printout is limited to 10 CPI and 132 columns per line. The full functionality of OfficeVision (justification, etc.) can not be utilized, as only 3174-type printers can be emulated by the

AXIS 570/670 in 3174 CU mode.

Configuring for SNA printing in 3174 Mode is performed in three separate stages:

• Configuring the AS/400 Host System

• Configuring the AXIS 570/670

• Verifying communication

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 59

Configuring the

AS/400 Host

Configuring the AS/400 host for 3174 CU mode is performed in two basic steps:

• Creating a controller description

• Creating a printer device description.

Creating a Controller

Description

Follow the steps below to create a controller description:

1. Type CRTCTLRWS on the command line to create a controller description.

2. Press F11 to display keywords.

3. Enter a valid Controller description (CTLD) name.

4. Enter 3174 as the Controller type (TYPE) .

5. Enter 0 as the Controller Model (MODEL) .

6. Enter *LAN as the Link Type (LINKTYPE) .

7. Enter the LAN remote adapter address

(ADAPTADR) xxxxxxxxxxxx

, where xxxxxxxxxxxx

is equal to the AXIS 570/670 node address. By default this is the serial number of your AXIS 570/670.

8. Define the Switched Line List (SWTLINLST) ssssssss , where ssssssss equals the Line description name of the Ethernet or Token Ring network in use. If you do not know the name of the Line Description, type WRKCFGSTS

*LIN to get a list of all line descriptions on the system.

Many of the settings presented in the following panel example can be left at their default settings. However, the settings that you must change are highlighted in bold text and the settings that you must enter exactly as shown in the example are highlighted in bold

underlined text.

60 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Example:

Create Ctl Desc (Remote WS) (CRTCTLRWS)

Type choices, press Enter.

Controller description . . . . . CTLD

Controller type . . . . . . . . TYPE

Controller model . . . . . . . . MODEL

Link type . . . . . . . . . . . LINKTYPE

> CTL670

> 3174

> 0

> *LAN

Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . ONLINE *YES

Switched line list . . . . . . . SWTLINLST > ssssssss

+ for more values

Maximum frame size . . . . . . . MAXFRAME *LINKTYPE

Exchange identifier . . . . . . EXCHID

Initial connection . . . . . . . INLCN

Dial initiation . . . . . . . . DIALINIT

*DIAL

*LINKTYPE

LAN remote adapter address . . . ADAPTADR xxxxxxxxxxxx

Autocreate device. . . . . . . . AUTOCRTDEV *ALL

Text ’description’ . . . . . . . TEXT ’Controller for AXIS 670’

Bottom

F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F10=Additional parameters F12=Cancel

F13=How to use this display F24=More keys

Creating a Printer

Device Description

Follow the steps below to create a printer description:

1. Type CRTDEVPRT on the command line.

2. Press F11 to display keywords.

3. Enter *RMT as Device class (DEVCLS) .

4. Enter 3287 as the desired Device type (TYPE) .

5. Enter 0 as the Device model (MODEL) .

6. Define the Attached controller (CTL) . This should be set to the name of the previously defined Controller description.

7. In the LU definition, define the Local Location

Address ( LOCADDR) . This number must map to the Logical

Printer number of the AXIS 570/670.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 61

Notes: ❏ The first eight Local Addresses pass the printout through Logical

Printer 1-8. However, some older IBM systems do not allow

Local Address 1 to be used for printing. For further information,

refer to Section 12 Using Logical Printers, on page 193.

❏ A writer and a print queue with the same name as the printer description is created automatically.

underlined text.

Example:

Create Device Desc (Printer) (CRTDEVPRT)

Type choices, press Enter.

Device description . . . . . . . DEVD

Device class . . . . . . . . . . DEVCLS

Device type . . . . . . . . . . TYPE

Device model . . . . . . . . . . MODEL

Local location address . . . . . LOCADR

Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . ONLINE

Attached controller . . . . . . CTL

Separator program . . . . . . . SEPPGM

> PRT670

> *RMT

> 3287

> 0

> 02

*YES

> CTL670

*NONE

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

Printer error message . . . . . PRTERRMSG *INQ

Message queue . . . . . . . . . MSGQ

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

QSYSOPR

*LIBL

Application type . . . . . . . . APPTYPE

Text ’description’ . . . . . . . TEXT

*NONE

’Printer for AXIS 670’

Bottom

F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F10=Additional parameters F12=Cancel

F13=How to use this display F24=More keys

62 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Configuring the

AXIS 570/670

The perform the instructions presented in this section, you should first assign an IP address to your AXIS 570/670 using one of the methods

presented in Assigning an IP address, on page 36.

Note: ❏ If your network does not support the TCP/IP protocol suite, you can still configure the AXIS 570/670 using the AXIS NetPilot installation tool.

Follow the instructions below to configure the AXIS 570/670 using a

Web browser:

1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet explorer or Netscape

Navigator.

root and pass, respectively.

3. Click the Configuration button.

4. Select SNA from the header.

5. Select 3174 from the 3174/5494 Emulation Parameter dropdown list.

6. Enter the SSAP in the Local SAP value text field.

7. Enter the Local adapter address in the Host MAC address text field.

8. Enter the

Local network ID

in the Host Network Name text field and click the Submit SNA settings button.

9. Select IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION from the header.

10. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list.

11. Select a coax printer emulation from the Printer Emulation dropdown list and click the Submit IBM BASIC

CONFIGURATION settings button.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 63

12. Select IBM PRINTER DRIVER from the header.

13. Make sure that the Printer Driver parameter is matching your printer and click the Submit IBM PRINTER DRIVER settings button.

14. Select IBM PAGE FORMAT from the header.

15. Select the appropriate page properties and click the Submit IBM

PAGE FORMAT settings button.

16. Select SNA from the header.

17. AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only: Check that you have selected SCS from the appropriate Logical Unit Data stream drop-down lists.

18. Set the Automatic link establishment (dialing) radio button to

Yes and click the Submit SNA settings button.

Should you require assistance with any of the operations, click the

Help button and follow the instructions provided in the Help window.

Verifying the

Communication

Follow the steps below to verify the communication with the AXIS

570/670:

Vary on the controller and device description.

2. Start the writer.

3. Send a print job to the AXIS 570/670.

4. Press the test button once to print the test page, where you can find the present SNA link status. Ensure that the SNA link Status is Idle , Actv or LU-1 .

The AXIS 570/670 is now ready for use in the SNA environment.

64 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

TN5250E printing

TN5250E is the recommended protocol to use when printing SCS data streams over TCP/IP. This print method offers superior control, management and throughput for the AXIS 570/670.

Before you begin Make sure that the AS/400 host is running OS/400 V3R2 or higher with TCP/IP support installed and configured.

Make sure that the latest PTFs are installed. Information about which

PTFs to use can be obtained from:

http://as400service.rochester.ibm.com/as4sde/nas4apar.nsf/nas4aparhome

Configuring the

AS/400 Host System

Follow the instructions below to verify that the AS/400 host is correctly configured for TN5250E printing:

1. Type WRKCTLD *VWS on the AS/400 command line to determine the number of auto-configured virtual devices on your

AS/400 system.

2. Type DSPSYSVAL QAUTOVRT.

Make sure that the value of the QAUTOVRT parameter is greater than the number of autoconfigured virtual devices.

Configuring the

AXIS 570/670

Follow the instructions below to configure the AXIS 570/670 for

TN5250E printing using a Web browser:

1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.

root and pass, respectively.

3. Click the Configuration button.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 65

4. Ensure that the IP address, subnet mask and default router are appropriately set for your network.

5. Select IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION from the header.

6. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list.

7. Select 3812_TX from the Printer Emulation drop-down list and click the Submit IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION settings button.

8. Select IBM PRINTER DRIVER from the header.

9. Make sure that the Printer Driver parameter is matching your printer and click the Submit IBM PRINTER DRIVER settings button.

10. Select IBM PAGE FORMAT from the header.

11. Select the appropriate page properties and click the Submit IBM

PAGE FORMAT settings button.

12. Select TN5250E from the header.

13. Enter the IP address of your AS/400 host in the Host IP Address field.

14. Enter a printer device name of your choice in the Printer Name field. The name may comprise the letters A-Z and the numerals

0-9, but must begin with a letter. A maximum of 10 characters are allowed.

15. Enter the AS/400 host’s Telnet port number in the Port field. The default port number (23) can be used in most environments.

16. Select which logical printer to use from the Logical Printer dropdown list.

17. Set Auto Connect to ON

18. Repeat steps 13-17 for each session you want to set up.

19. Click the Submit TN5250E settings button to initialize the

TN5250E sessions.

66 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Verifying the communication link

1. Type WRKCFGSTS *DEV xxxx* , where xxxx are the first four characters of the printer device name, on the AS/400 command line. A list of printer devices will be displayed. Make sure that a virtual printer device is active.

2. Direct a printout to this printer device to check the integrity of the communication link.

Raw TCP/IP Printing - SCS data streams

The configuration procedures presented in this section are divided into three separate steps:

• Configuring of the AS/400 host

• Configuring the AXIS 570/670

• Verifying the communication between the AXIS 570/670 and the

AS/400

Notes: ❏ When printing SCS data using Raw TCP/IP, the AS/400 printer file settings will not be sent to the AXIS 570/670. If you want to retain a specific document style, font or orientation, the data must be embedded in the document.

Before you begin Make sure that the AS/400 host is running OS/400 V3R6 or higher with TCP/IP support installed and configured.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 67

Configuring the

AS/400 Host System

Follow the instructions below to create a printer device description:

1. Issue the command CRTDEVPRT. A panel, similar to the

example on page 69, will be displayed.

2. Press F11 to display keywords.

3. Select a name for the printer device and enter it at the Device

Description (DEVD)

line. The name may comprise the letters

A-Z and the numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. A maximum of 10 characters are allowed.

4. Enter

*LAN

at the

Device class (DEVCLS)

line.

5. Enter

3812

at the

Device type (TYPE)

line.

6. Enter

at the

Device model (MODEL)

line.

7. Enter

*IP

at the

LAN attachment (LANATTACH)

line.

8. Enter a port number at the

Port number (PORT)

line. The default port numbers are defined in the table below:

Port

Number

5011

5012

5013

Data Stream

SCS

Logical Printer

Destination

PR4

PR5

PR6

9. Enter a FGID number at the Font Identifier (FONT) line.

Lists of all supported FGIDs are available in Appendix G - IPDS

Fonts, on page 239 and Appendix D - IBM Fonts, on page 225.

10. Enter *AUTOCUT at the Form feed (FORMFEED) line.

11. The Host print transform (TRANSFORM) entry specifies if the AS/400 will do EBCDIC-to-ASCII transformation of the print data. Enter *NO , since this is done by the AXIS 570/670.

12. Define the Remote location (RMTLOCNAME) . Use the IP address of the AXIS 570/670 or the host name you have specified in the AS/400 TCP/IP host table.

68 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

13. Enter

*HPPJLDRV

at the

System driver program

(SYSDRVPGM) line.

14. Press the ENTER key to create the printer device description.

underlined text.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 69

Example:

Create Device Desc (Printer) (CRTDEVPRT)

Type choices, press Enter.

Device description . . . . . . . DEVD

Device class . . . . . . . . . . DEVCLS

Device type . . . . . . . . . . TYPE

Device model . . . . . . . . . . MODEL

LAN attachment . . . . . . . . . LANATTACH

Port number . . . . . . . . . . PORT

Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . ONLINE

> AX570PR4

> *LAN

> 3812

> 1

> *IP

> 5011

*YES

Identifier . . . . . . . . . .

Point size . . . . . . . . . .

Form feed. . . . . . . . . . . . FORMFEED

Separator drawer . . . . . . . . SEPDRAWER

Separator program . . . . . . . SEPPGM

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

Printer error message . . . . . PRTERRMSG

> 11

*NONE

> *AUTOCUT

*FILE

*NONE

*INQ

More...

Message queue . . . . . . . . . MSGQ

Library. . . . . . . . . . . .

Activation timer . . . . . . . . ACTTMR

Inactivity timer . . . . . . . . INACTTMR

Host print transform . . . . . . TRANSFORM

Image configuration. . . . . . . IMGCFG

Remote location: . . . . . . . . RMTLOCNAME

Name or address. . . . . . . .

User-defined options . . . . . . USRDFNOPT

+ for more values

QSYSOPR

*LIBL

170

*ATTACH

> *NO

*NONE

> ‘192.168.5.23’

*NONE

User-defined objects . . . . . . USRDFNOBJ

Object . . . . . . . . . . . .

Library . . . . . . . . . .

Object type. . . . . . . . . .

Data transform program . . . . . USRDTATFM

Library. . . . . . . . . . . .

System driver program. . . . . . SYSDRVPGM

Text ‘description’ . . . . . . . TEXT

*NONE

> *HPPJLDRV

SCS over Raw TCP/IP

70 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Example cont:

Additional parameters

Remote network identifier. . . . . RMTNETID

Workstation customizing object . . WSCST

Library. . . . . . . . . . . .

Authority. . . . . . . . . . . . . AUT

*NETATR

*NONE

*LIBCRTAUT

Bottom

Configuring the

AXIS 570/670

Follow the instructions below to configure your AXIS 570/670 for

Raw TCP/IP printing using a standard Web browser:

1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.

root and pass, respectively.

3. Click the Configuration button.

4. Select TCP/IP from the header.

5. The Reverse Telnet parameters PR4, PR5 and PR6 are by default setup for SCS data streams, on the port numbers 5011, 5012 and

5013 respectively. If you need to change a port number, enter the new number in the text field and click the Submit TCP/IP

settings button. Otherwise you do not have to do anything.

6. Select IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION from the header.

7. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list.

8. Select a printer emulation from the Printer Emulation drop-down list.

Note: ❏ AS/400 hosts only support laser printers when using Raw

TCP/IP. Therefore you can only use the twinax emulations

3812_TX, 3816S_TX and 3816_TX.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 71

9. Click the Submit IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION settings button.

10. Select IBM PRINTER DRIVER from the header.

11. Make sure that the Printer Driver parameter matches the printer driver of your printer and click the Submit IBM PRINTER

DRIVER settings button.

12. Select IBM PAGE FORMAT from the header.

13. Select the appropriate page properties and click the Submit IBM

PAGE FORMAT settings button.

Verifying the communication

Follow the instructions below to verify the communication by sending a print job to the AXIS 570/670:

1. Type WRKCFGSTS *DEV AX570PR4 on the AS/400 command line to display the previously created printer device.

The status of the printer device should be VARIED OFF .

2. Vary on the printer device by typing 1 in the Opt field. Press

ENTER.

3. Press F5 to refresh the display. The printer device should now be

VARIED ON .

4. Start the printer writer by typing STRPRTWTR AX570PR4 on the AS/400 command line. Press ENTER.

5. Press F5 to refresh the display. The printer device should now be

ACTIVE/WRITER .

6. Direct a printout to this printer device. A successful printout effectively verifies the communication link between the AS/400 and the AXIS 570/670.

Note: ❏ In the example above, the logical printer PR4 is used and the printout is directed to the destination AX570PR4.

The AXIS 570/670 is now ready for printing in the AS/400 environment.

72 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams

Note: ❏ IPDS is only supported by the AXIS 570e and the AXIS 670e print servers.

The configuration procedures presented in this section are divided into three separate steps:

• Configuring the AXIS 570e/670e

• Configuring of the AS/400 host

• Verifying the communication between the AXIS 570e/670e and the AS/400

Before you begin Make sure that the AS/400 host is running OS/400 V3R6 or higher with TCP/IP support installed and configured.

Make sure that the latest PTFs are installed. Information about which

PTFs to use can be obtained from:

http://as400service.rochester.ibm.com/as4sde/nas4apar.nsf/nas4aparhome

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 73

Configuring the AXIS

570e/670e

Follow the instructions below to configure your AXIS 570e/670e using a standard Web browser:

1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.

2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS 570e/670e in the location field and press the ENTER key on your keyboard.

The internal Web pages of the AXIS 570e/670e appear. You may be asked to enter a user name and a password. The default values are root and pass.

3. Click the Configuration button.

4. Select TCP/IP from the header.

5. The Reverse Telnet parameters PR1, PR2 and PR3 are by default setup for IPDS data streams, emulating an IBM 4028 printer model 1 on the port numbers 5001, 5002 and 5003 respectively.

If you need to change a port number, enter a new number in the text field and click the Submit TCP/IP settings button.

Otherwise you do not have to do anything.

6. Select IBM IPDS Configuration settings from the header.

7. Select your preferred system language from the IPDS System

Language drop-down list.

8. Click the Submit IBM IPDS Configuration settings button.

9. Select IBM IPDS PRINTER DRIVER from the header.

10. Select the appropriate page properties and click the Submit IBM

IPDS PRINTER DRIVER settings button.

74 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Configuring the

AS/400 Host System

When configuring the AS/400 host system you must:

• create a PSF configuration

• create a printer device description

Creating a PSF

Configuration

Follow the instructions below to create a PSF configuration:

1. Issue the command CRTPSFCFG.

2. Press F11 to display keywords.

3. Select a name for the PSF configuration and enter it at the PSF configuration (PSFCFG) line. The name may comprise the letters A-Z and the numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. A maximum of 10 characters are allowed.

4. Enter

QGPL

at the

Library

line.

5. Enter *YES at the IPDS pass through (IPDSPASTHR) line.

6. Enter

*NORDYF

at the

Activate release timer

(ACTRLSTMR ) line.

7. Enter *NOMAX at the Release timer (RLSTMR) line.

8. Press the ENTER key on your keyboard to create the PSF configuration.

underlined text.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 75

Example:

Create PSF Configuration (CRTPSFCFG)

Type choices, press Enter.

PSF configuration. . . . . . . . PSFCFG

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

User resource library list . . . USRRSCLIBL

Device resource library list . . DEVRSCLIBL

> AX570PR1

> QGPL

*JOBLIBL

*DFT

+ for more values

IPDS pass through. . . . . . . . IPDSPASTHR

Activate release timer . . . . . ACTRLSTMR

Release timer. . . . . . . . . . RLSTMR

Restart timer. . . . . . . . . . RESTRTMR

APPC and TCP/IP retry count. . . RETRY

Delay between APPC retries . . . RETRYDLY

Automatic session recovery . . . UAUTOSSNRCY

Acknowledgment frequency . . . . ACKFRQ

Text ‘description’ . . . . . . . TEXT

> *YES

> *NORDYF

> *NOMAX

*IMMED

*NO

100

*BLANK

Bottom

Creating a Printer

Device Description

Follow the instructions below to create a printer device description:

1. Issue the command CRTDEVPRT.

2. Press F11 to display keywords.

3. Select a name for the printer device and enter it at the Device

Description (DEVD)

line. The name may comprise the letters

A-Z and the numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. A maximum of 10 characters are allowed.

4. Enter *LAN at the Device class (DEVCLS) line.

5. Enter

*IPDS

at the

Device type (TYPE)

line.

6. Enter

at the

Device model (MODEL)

line.

7. Enter *IP at the LAN attachment (LANATTACH) line.

76 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

8. Enter a port number at the

Port number (PORT)

line. The default port numbers are defined in the table below:

Port

Number

5001

5002

5003

Data Stream/

IPDS Printer Emulation

IPDS_4028_1

Logical Printer

Destination

PR1

PR2

PR3

9. Enter a FGID number at the Font Identifier (FONT) line.

Lists of all supported FGIDs are available in Appendix G - IPDS

Fonts, on page 239 and Appendix D - IBM Fonts, on page 225.

10. Define the Remote location (RMTLOCNAME) . Use the IP address of the AXIS 570e/670e.

11. Enter the name of the previously created PSF configuration at the

User-defined object (USRDFNOBJ): Object line.

12. Enter the library of the previously created PSF configuration at the

User-defined object (USRDFNOBJ): Library

line.

13. Enter

*PSFCFG

at the

User-defined object

(USRDFNOBJ): Object type line.

14. Press the ENTER key on your keyboard to create the printer device description.

underlined text.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 77

Example:

Create Device Desc (Printer) (CRTDEVPRT)

Type choices, press Enter.

Device description . . . . . . . DEVD

Device class . . . . . . . . . . DEVCLS

> AX570PR1

> *LAN

Device type . . . . . . . . . . TYPE

Device model . . . . . . . . . . MODEL

LAN attachment . . . . . . . . . LANATTACH

Advanced function printing . . . AFP

Port number . . . . . . . . . . PORT

Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . ONLINE

> *IPDS

> 0

> *IP

*YES

> 5001

*YES

Identifier . . . . . . . . . .

Point size . . . . . . . . . .

Form feed. . . . . . . . . . . . FORMFEED

Separator drawer . . . . . . . . SEPDRAWER

Separator program . . . . . . . SEPPGM

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

Printer error message . . . . . PRTERRMSG

> 11

*NONE

*FILE

*NONE

*INQ

More...

Message queue . . . . . . . . . MSGQ

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

Activation timer . . . . . . . . ACTTMR

Image configuration. . . . . . . IMGCFG

Maximum pending requests . . . . MAXPNDRQS

Print while converting . . . . . PRTCVT

Print request timer. . . . . . . PRTRQSTMR

Form definition. . . . . . . . . FORMDF

Library. . . . . . . . . . . .

Remote location: . . . . . . . . RMTLOCNAME

Name or address. . . . . . . .

QSYSOPR

*LIBL

170

*NONE

*YES

*NOMAX

F1C10110

*LIBL

User-defined options . . . . . . USRDFNOPT

+ for more values

> ‘192.168.5.23’

*NONE

More...

78 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Example cont:

User-defined objects . . . . . . USRDFNOBJ

Object . . . . . . . . . . . .

Library . . . . . . . . . .

Object type. . . . . . . . . .

Data transform program . . . . . USRDTATFM

Library. . . . . . . . . . . .

User-defined driver program. . . USRDRVPGM

Library. . . . . . . . . . . .

Text ‘description’ . . . . . . . TEXT

> AX570PR1

> QGPL

> *PSFCFG

*NONE

IPDS over Raw TCP/IP

More...

Verifying the communication

Follow the instructions below to verify the communication by sending a print job to the AXIS 570e/670e:

1. Type WRKCFGSTS *DEV AX570PR1 on the AS/400 command line to display the previously created printer device.

The status of the printer device should be

VARIED OFF

2. Vary on the printer device by typing

in the

Opt

field. Press

ENTER.

3. Press F5 to refresh the display. The printer device should now be

VARIED ON

4. Start the printer writer by typing STRPRTWTR AX570PR1 on the AS/400 command line. Press ENTER.

5. Press F5 to refresh the display. The printer device should now be

ACTIVE/WRITER

6. Direct a printout to this printer device. A successful printout verifies the communication link between the AS/400 and the

AXIS 570e/670e.

Note: ❏ In the example above, the logical printer PR1 is used and the printout is directed to the destination AX570PR1.

The AXIS 570e/670e is now ready for printing in the AS/400 environment.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 79

LPR/LPD Printing

This section describes how to establish communication between an

AXIS 570/670 and an AS/400, using TCP/IP LPR/LPD as a transport protocol for the SCS data stream. The AS/400 must be running

OS/400 V3R1 or later with TCP/IP support installed and configured.

Important!

❏ When using LPR/LPD the AS/400 printer file settings will not be sent to the AXIS 570/670. If you wish to retain a specific document style, font and orientation data must be embedded into your document.

Configuration is performed in three separate stages:

• Configuring the AXIS 570/670

• Configuring the AS/400 Host

• Verifying communication

Configuring the

AXIS 570/670

Follow the instructions below to configure your AXIS 570/670 for

LPR/LPD printing using a standard Web browser:

1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.

root and pass, respectively.

3. Click the Configuration button.

4. Select IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION from the header.

5. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list.

6. Select a laser twinax printer emulation from the Printer

Emulation drop-down list.

80 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

7. Click the Submit IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION settings button.

8. Select IBM PRINTER DRIVER from the header.

9. Make sure that the Printer Driver parameter matches the printer driver of your printer and click the Submit IBM PRINTER

DRIVER settings button.

10. Select IBM PAGE FORMAT from the header.

11. Select the appropriate page properties and click the Submit IBM

PAGE FORMAT settings button.

12. Select TCP/IP from the header.

13. Make sure that the TCP/IP parameters are set to match your needs.

Configuring the

AS/400 Host System

The AS/400 setup consists of four steps:

• Adding the AXIS 570/670 IP address to the AS/400 TCP/IP host table.

• Creating an output queue.

• Creating a virtual controller.

• Creating a virtual printer.

underlined text.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 81

Adding the

AXIS 570/670 to the

AS/400 Host Table

Follow the steps below to add the AXIS 570/670 IP Address to the

AS/400 Host table.

1. Issue the command GO CFGTCP to enter the AS/400 TCP/IP configuration panel.

2. Choose 10 to work with TCP/IP host table entries.

3. From within this panel dialog, choose 1 (Add). A panel similar to the example below will be displayed.

4. Press F11 to display keywords.

5. Enter the Internet address (INTNETADR)

XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX, where xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

is the same as the IP Address for the AXIS 570/670.

6. Enter a Host name of your choosing at the name

(HOSTNAME) line. This name will later be used for referring to the Print Server in the remaining dialog panels displayed in this section.

Add TCP/IP Host Table Entry (ADDTCPHTE)

Type choices, press Enter.

Internet address . . . . . . . . INTNETADR > XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Host names: HOSTNAME

Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . > AXIS570

+ for more values

Text ’description’ . . . . . . .

Creating the

Output Queue

Follow the steps below to Create an Output Queue.

1. Issue the command CRTOUTQ to create an output queue. A panel

Note: ❏ The queue must be in the QUSRSYS library. Otherwise, it is not possible to connect a printer to the queue.

2. Choose a name for the printer queue and enter it at the Output queue (OUTQ) line.

82 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

3. Type QUSRSYS at the Library line.

4. Define the Remote system (RMTSYS) . This entry must be the same as the TCP/IP host table name, defined in the previous example, e.g. AXIS570 .

5. Define the Remote printer queue (RMTPRTQ) . This entry refers to an internal printer queue in the Print Server, which is sent with the print job and used to specify which Logical Printer in the Print Server is to be used for each job. The legal choices are defined in the table below:

Printer Queue Name

SCSPR1

SCSPR2

SCSPR3

SCSPR4

SCSPR5

SCSPR6

SCSPR7

SCSPR8

PR4

PR5

PR6

PR7

PR8

Logical Printer Destination

PR1

PR2

PR3

6. Enter 1 as the number of Writers to autostart

(AUTOSTRWTR) .

7. Enter *IP at the Connection type (CNNTYPE) line to indicate TCP/IP as the transport protocol for the SCS data stream.

8. Type *OTHER at the Destination type (DESTTYPE) line.

9. The Host Print transform (TRANSFORM) entry specifies if the AS/400 will do EBCDIC-to-ASCII transformation of the print data. Enter *NO , since this is done in the Print Server.

10. Press the ENTER key to create the queue.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 83

Example:

Create Output Queue (CRTOUTQ)

Type choices, press Enter.

Output queue . . . . . . . . . OUTQ

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

> AX570PR1

> QUSRSYS

Maximum spooled file size: MAXPAGES

Number of pages . . . . . . . *NONE

Starting time . . . . . . . .

Ending time . . . . . . . . .

+ for more values

Order of files on queue . . . . SEQ *FIFO

Remote system . . . . . . . . . RMTSYS > AXIS570

Remote printer queue . . . . . . RMTPRTQ > SCSPR1

More...

Writers to autostart . . . . . . AUTOSTRWTR

Queue for writer messages . . . MSGQ

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

Connection type . . . . . . . . CNNTYPE

> 1

QSYSOPR

*LIBL

> *IP

Destination type . . . . . . . . DESTTYPE

Host print transform . . . . . . TRANSFORM

> *OTHER

> *NO

User data transform . . . . . . USRDTATFM *NONE

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

Destination options. . . . . . . DESTOPT *NONE

Print separator page . . . . . . SEPPAGE

User defined option . . . . . . USRDFNOPT

*YES

*NONE

+ for more values

More...

84 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Creating a virtual controller

Follow the steps below to create a virtual printer:

1. Enter the command CRTCTLVWS . A dialog panel similar to the example below will be displayed.

2. Press F11 to display keywords.

3. Enter the controller name at the Controller description (CTLD) line, e.g. AXIS570 .

4. Press the ENTER key to create the virtual controller.

Example:

Create Ctl Desc (Virtual WS) (CRTCTLVWS)

Type choices, press Enter.

Controller description . . . . CTLD > AXIS570

Online at IPL . . . . . . . . ONLINE *YES

Text description . . . . . . . TEXT *BLANK

Creating a virtual printer

Follow the steps below to create a virtual printer:

1. Issue the command CRTDEVPRT . A dialog panel similar to the

example on page 86 will be displayed

2. Press F11 to display keywords.

3. Enter the printer name at the Device description

(DEVD) line. The printer name provided must be the same as the Output queue (OUTQ) , previously defined above when creating the output queue. This name is later used as destination when sending print jobs to the AXIS 570/670.

4. Type *VRT at the Device class (DEVCLS) line, to define the AXIS 570/670 as a virtual printer.

5. With reference to the table below, enter the appropriate Device type (TYPE) and Device Model (MODEL) .

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 85

Notes: ❏ These entries must correlate to the IBM Printer Emulation

( PREMUL ) parameter setting within the AXIS 570/670.

❏ The IBM Printer Emulation ( PREMUL ) parameter is explained in

Appendix A - SNA Parameter Overview.

PREMUL

5224_TX

5225_TX

5226_TX

4214_TX

4230_TX

3812_TX

3816_TX

3816S_TX

4214

3812

Device Type

5224

5225

5226

Device Model

6. Define the Attached controller (CTL) . This entry must match the name of the Virtual controller , created previously.

7. Enter a FGID number at the Font Identifier (FONT) line.

Lists of all supported FGIDs are available in Appendix G - IPDS

Fonts, on page 239 and Appendix D - IBM Fonts, on page 225.

8. Press the ENTER key to create the virtual printer

Notes: ❏ A message Output queue AX570PR1 in QUSRSYS already exists (or similar) may be returned after pressing the ENTER key. This message can be disregarded.

❏ Several virtual printers and output queues can be attached to the virtual controller. This is useful if you want to choose different

Logical Printers in the AXIS 570/670 when sending print jobs from the host.

86 Section 4: Setting Up - AS/400 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Example:

Create Device Desc (Printer) (CRTDEVPRT)

Type choices, press Enter.

Device description . . . . . . . DEVD

Device class . . . . . . . . . . DEVCLS

Device type . . . . . . . . . . TYPE

Device model . . . . . . . . . . MODEL

> AX570PR1

> *VRT

> 3812

> 1

Online at IPL . . . . . . . . . ONLINE

Attached controller . . . . . . CTL

Font: FONT

Identifier . . . . . . . . . .

Point size . . . . . . . . . .

Form feed . . . . . . . . . . . FORMFEED

Separator drawer . . . . . . . . SEPDRAWER

Separator program . . . . . . . SEPPGM

*YES

> AXIS570

> 11

*NONE

*TYPE

*FILE

*NONE

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

Printer error message . . . . . PRTERRMSG *INQ

Message queue . . . . . . . . . MSGQ

Library . . . . . . . . . . .

QSYSOPR

*LIBL

More...

Verifying the

Communication

The easiest way to test the communication is by sending a print job to the AXIS 570/670.

Note: ❏ In the above example, the printout is directed to the destination

AX570PR1 and targets Logical printer #1 in the AXIS 570/670.

The AXIS 570/670 is now ready for use in the AS/400 environment.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 87

Section 5 Setting Up - IBM Mainframe

Printing protocol

SNA

TN3270E

(TCP/IP)

PPR/PPD

(TCP/IP)

This section describes how to configure the AXIS 570/670 for printing of SCS, 3270 and IPDS data streams using SNA and TCP/IP transport protocols in the IBM Mainframe environment.

Proceed to the setup section that is relevant to your network environment, as described in the table below:

Data streams

SCS

3270DS

IPDS

SCS

3270DS

IPDS

Action

SNA Printing , on page 88

TCP/IP TN3270E Printing , on page 98

PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams , on page

112

Note: ❏ IPDS is only supported by the AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e models.

If you intend to operate your AXIS 570/670 in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual, namely:

Section 4 - Setting Up - AS/400

Section 6 - Setting Up - NetWare

Section 7 - Setting Up - Windows

Section 8 - Setting Up - OS/2

Section 9 - Setting Up - Macintosh

Section 10 - Setting Up - UNIX

88 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

SNA Printing

Important!

❏ The AXIS 570/670 must be set up to emulate an IBM 3174

(3174 CU mode) in the Mainframe/VTAM environment.

The AXIS 570/670 supports printing of SCS, 3270 and IPDS data streams via the SNA transport protocol.

Note: ❏ IPDS data streams are only supported by the AXIS 570e and

AXIS 670e models.

Configuring for SNA printing in 3174 CU Mode is described in three separate stages:

• Configuring the IBM Mainframe Host system

• Configuring the AXIS 570/670

• Verifying the communication

Configuring the

Mainframe

Host System

These procedures are compulsory for printing in the IBM Mainframe environment.

Configuring the host system requires you to do the following:

• Make sure that a VTAM Logon-mode entry is available for your

AXIS 570/670.

• Create the VTAM Definition for the Major Node where the Print

Server definition is to be placed.

Note: ❏ Although it is possible to define several logical units on the host system the AXIS 570/670 will only print one SNA job at a time.

SNA jobs are held in a print queue within the AXIS 570/670 and are processed on a first-come-first-serve basis.

Before you begin ❏ Make note of the AXIS 570/670 serial number that is found on the underside label of the unit.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 89

Procedures

Important!

❏ When using a concentrator gateway between the host and your print server, it is not necessary to define separate VTAM Major

Node and PU definitions for the AXIS 570/670. You will instead be working with the gateway VTAM definitions. Since the AXIS

570/670 will appear to the host as one or several LU’s attached to the gateway PU, you need only add LU definitions to the gateway major node definition and then proceed to item 3 below.

1. Define a VTAM Major Node Definition where the Print

Server definitions will be placed. Using a channel attached 3174 as a gateway to the host, this definition is typically defined as a

Local Major Node . If you are using a remotely attached gateway via a 37X5 communications controller or a LAN attached

3172, you will be working with a Switched Major Node definition .

2. Add the Print Server PU and LU definitions to the major node definition.

Note: For Switched Major Node definitions you need to:

•Add the IDBLK (default = E07) and IDNUM (default = last 5 digits of the 570/670 MAC address) entries to the PU definition.

•Code a PATH definition using the unit’s full 12 digit MAC address.

Example: An AXIS 670 with a MAC/node address of

000231B80937

will be defined as:

PA6701 PATH DIALNO=0104000231B80937, GID=1,

FID=1, GRPNM=gggggg

3. Ensure that the corresponding VTAM Logon-mode entries are available and that the appropriate LU session types ( LU1 or LU3 ) are used.

Vary ACTive the VTAM Major Node definition for the

AXIS 570/670.

90 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Sample Sessions The examples below are based on samples given in VTAM

Customization (IBM part no: SC23-0112), with some changes to optimize use for AXIS 570/670.

VTAM for MVS is assumed, although the configuration for VM and

VSE is similar.

Logon-mode Entry Creating a VTAM Logon-mode entry for your AXIS 670.

Example: (Logon-mode entry for LU type 1 printing.)

* For application output of LU-1 SNA Character Stream (SCS)

TITLE ‘SCS670’

SCS670 MODEENT LOGMODE=SCS670, X

FMPROF=X’03’, X

TSPROF=X’03’, X

PRIPROT=X’B1’, X

SECPROT=X’B0’, X

COMPROT=X’3080’, X

RUSIZES=X’8585’, X

PSERVIC=X’014000010000000001000000’, X

PSNDPAC=X’03’, X

SRCVPAC=X’03’

Example: (Logon-mode entry for LU type 3 printing.)

* For application output of LU-3 3270 Data Stream (3270DS)

TITLE ‘DSC670’

DSC670 MODEENT LOGMODE=DSC670, X

FMPROF=X’03’, X

TSPROF=X’03’, X

PRIPROT=X’B1’, X

SECPROT=X’90’, X

COMPROT=X’3080’, X

RUSIZES=X’8585’, X

PSERVIC=X’030000000000185018507F00’, X

PSNDPAC=X’03’, X

SRCVPAC=X’03’

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 91

Switched major node definitions

The example below shows how the print server PU, PATH, and LU definitions may be coded in a switched major node definition.

* PU definition

* E07xxxxxx is the node ID set in AXIS 570/670.

PU6701 PU ADDR=04, X

PUTYPE=2, X

IDBLK=E07, X

IDNUM=nnnnn, X

MAXPATH=1, X

SSCPFM=USSSCS, X

USSTAB=USSMAST, X

VPACING=(0)

* Path definition

* xxxxxxxxxxxx is the 12 last digits of the MAC

* address of the AXIS 570/670

PA6701 PATH DIALNO=0104xxxxxxxxxxxx, X

GID=1, X

PID=1, X

GRPNM=gggggg

* LU definitions.Use either LU6701 or LU6703

* LU type 1 (SCS)

LU6701 LU LOCADDR=2, X

DLOGMOD=SCS670, X

VPACING=7, X

PACING=3

* LU type 3 (3270DS)

LU6703 LU LOCADDR=2, X

DLOGMOD=DSC670, X

VPACING=7, X

PACING=3

Notes: ❏ In the PU definition, IDNUM should be set to the five last digits of the AXIS 570/670 node address, NODE_ADDR. By default

NODE_ADDR is the five last digits of the AXIS 570/670 serial number.

92 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

❏ In the path definition, PATH DIALNO should be comprised with its first two digits equal to the place holder, the next two set to the SAP and the remaining twelve digits set to the AXIS

570/670 Ethernet or Node address. By default the Ethernet/Node address is identical to the AXIS 570/670 serial number. A valid

GRPNM must also be supplied.

❏ In the LU definition, the LOCADDR number maps to the Logical

Printer number of the AXIS 570/670. The first eight Local

Addresses pass the printout through Logical Printer 1-8.

However, some IBM systems do not allow Local Address 1 to be

used for printing. Refer to Section 12 - Using Logical Printers, on page 193 for more information about logical printers.

Example (PU definition for an IBM 9370):

Path is not used for a locally attached 9370 Token Ring adapter.

Replace the PATH and PU definitions in the previous example with the PU definition below.

* PU definition for 9370

* E07nnnnn is the node ID set in AXIS 570/670.

* xxxxxxxx is the 8 last digits of the MAC address of

* the AXIS 570/670.

PU6701 PU IDBLK=E07, X

IDNUM=nnnnn, X

MACADDR=xxxxxxxxxxxx, X

SAPADDR=04

Note: ❏

IDNUM should be set to the five last digits of the AXIS 670 node

ID. By default, this is the five last digits of the AXIS 670 serial number. The last twelve digits of MACADDR should be set to the

AXIS 670 Node address. By default this is the AXIS 670 serial number.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 93

Local Major

Node Definitions

The example below shows how the print server PU and LU definitions may be coded in a local major node definition:

* 670 DSPU DEFINITION

DSPU670 PU CUADDR=E31, X

MODETAB=MODE3290, X

PUTYPE=2,ISTATUS=ACTIVE,MAXBFRU=1

DSPULU02 LU LOCADDR=2 X

SSCPFM=USSSCS, X

USSTAB=USSTAB, X

PACING=1, X

VPACING=2, X

ISTATUS=ACTIVE, X

LOGAPPL=MWTC, X

DLOGMOD=SCS670

DSPULU03 LU LOCADDR=3, X

SSCPFM=USSSCS, X

USSTAB=USSTAB, X

PACING=1, X

VPACING=2, X

ISTATUS=ACTIVE, X

LOGAPPL=MWTC, X

DLOGMOD=SCS670

Note: ❏ If the LAN media at the remote (Print Server) location differs from that at the host location (e.g. Remote LAN = Ethernet and

Host LAN = Token Ring), the MAC address definitions must be modified, as outlined below:

Print Server Modifications:

The AXIS 570/670 Host MAC address (H1_MAC_ADDR) must be bit-order reversed for each byte, e.g. if the host address is 08005AB77D49 the converted address will be 10005AEDBE92

94 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Host Modifications:

The required Host modifications are dependent upon the VTAM definition for the Major Node where the Print Server definition is placed.

• Case 1: VTAM Major Node definition is a Switched Major

Node.

The MAC address of the AXIS 570/670 must be bit-order reversed in the PATH entry. An AXIS 570 with a MAC/node address of 00408C1B06D4 will be defined using the

MAC/node address 000231D8602B as follows:

PA5701 PATH DIALNO=0104000231D8602B,

GID=1, PID=1, GRPNM=gggggg

• Case 2: VTAM Major Node definition is a Local Major

Node.

When using a channel attached controller as gateway to the host, the MAC address of the AXIS 570/670 is configured in the gateway. The address must be reversed, as in case 1 above.

Configuring the

AXIS 570/670

To perform the instructions presented in this section, you should first assign an IP address to your AXIS 570/670 using one of the methods

presented in Assigning an IP address, on page 36.

Note: ❏ If your network does not support the TCP/IP protocol suite, you can still configure the AXIS 570/670 using the AXIS NetPilot installation tool. Appropriate instructions are available in the

AXIS NetPilot online help.

The purpose of the configuration of the 570/670 is to emulate a LAN attached IBM 3174 Control Unit running SNA PU2.0.

Follow the instructions below to configure the AXIS 570/670 using a

Web browser:

1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 95

root and pass, respectively.

3. Click the Configuration button.

4. Select SNA from the header.

5. Select 3174 from the 3174/5494 Emulation Parameter dropdown list.

6. Enter the SSAP in the Local SAP value text field.

7. Enter the LAN-to-host gateway MAC address in the Host MAC

address text field.

8. Enter the host SSAP in the Host SAP value text field.

9. Enter the node identifier xxxnnnnn, where xxx = IDBLK and nnnnn = IDNUM, in the Local node ID text field. These values must match the entries that were defined in the VTAM PU setup.

10. Click the Submit SNA settings button.

Depending on your choice of data streams, continue the installation by selecting the appropriate set of instructions below:

IPDS data streams (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

1. Select IBM IPDS Configuration from the header.

2. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list and click the Submit IBM IPDS Configuration

settings button.

3. Select IBM IPDS Printer Driver from the header.

4. Select the paper size for each paper bin from the Paper Size dropdown list and click the Submit IBM IPDS Printer Driver settings button.

5. Select SNA from the header.

96 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

6. Select the appropriate IPDS printer emulation from each Logical

unit data streams drop-down list that corresponds to the logical printer you want to use.

7. Set the Automatic link establishment (dialing) radio button to

Yes and click the Submit SNA settings button.

SCS and 3270 data streams

1. Select IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION from the header.

2. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list.

3. Select a coax printer emulation from the Printer Emulation dropdown list.

4. Click the Submit IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION settings button.

5. Select IBM PRINTER DRIVER from the header.

6. Make sure that the Printer Driver parameter is matching your printer and click the Submit IBM PRINTER DRIVER settings button.

7. Select IBM PAGE FORMAT from the header.

8. Select the appropriate page properties and click the Submit IBM

PAGE FORMAT settings button.

9. 3270DS only: Select IBM 3270 OPTIONS from the header if you want to set the optional 3270 parameters.

10. 3270DS only: Select the appropriate data stream settings and click the Submit IBM 3270 OPTIONS settings button from the header.

11. Select SNA from the header.

12. AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only: Check that you have selected SCS from the appropriate Logical Unit Data stream drop-down lists.

13. Set the Automatic link establishment (dialing) radio button to

Yes and click the Submit SNA settings button.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 97

Verifying the

Communication Link

The easiest way to test the communication is by sending a print job to the AXIS 570/670. If there are problems, press the test button once to print the test page where you can find the present SNA link status.

Procedures 1. Power on the Print Server and wait for 2 minutes.

2. Press the test button once to print a test page and ensure that the

SNA status line is defined as either:

•Idle

•Actv

•LU-1

•LU-3

Note: ❏ Please refer to Axis’ Technical Notes and FAQ on the Axis Web site, if the status line indicates that the SNA link is not active .

The AXIS 570/670 is now ready for use in the SNA environment.

98 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

TCP/IP TN3270E Printing

The following procedures describe how to configure the AXIS

570/670 for SCS, 3270DS and IPDS printing, using TCP/IP

TN3270E.

This is achieved by establishing communication between the AXIS

570/670 and Mainframe host via a TN3270E server, using the

TCP/IP transport protocol for the SCS, 3270 and IPDS data streams, as illustrated below:

Configuring for TN3270E printing is described in four separate stages:

• Configuring the IBM Mainframe Host system

• Configuring the AXIS 570/670

• Configuring the TN3270E server

• Verifying the communication

Configuring the

Mainframe host

Consult your TN3270E server documentation and make sure that the appropriate VTAM host system definitions are set up for mainframe-to-TN3270E server SNA communication.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 99

Configuring the

AXIS 570/670

Follow instructions below to configure the AXIS 570/670 using a

Web browser:

1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.

root and pass, respectively.

3. Click the Configuration button.

4. Ensure that the IP address, subnet mask and default router are appropriately set for your network.

5. Select TN3270E from the header.

6. Enter the IP address of your TN3270E server in the Server IP

Address field.

7. Enter the printer device name in the Printer name field. The name may comprise the letters A-Z and the numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. A maximum of 8 characters are allowed.

This name must correspond to the configured printer name in the

TN3270E server.

8. Enter the TN3270E server’s Telnet port number in the Port field.

The default port number (23) can be used in most environments.

9. Select which logical printer to use from the Logical Printer dropdown list.

10. AXIS 570e/670e only: Select your IPDS printer emulation from the IPDS printer emulation drop-down list.

11. Set Auto Connect to ON.

12. Repeat steps 5-10 for each session you want to set up.

100 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Note: ❏ The AXIS 570/670 supports eight semi-concurrent TN3270E host sessions. Since the IBM Emulator resident in the AXIS

570/670 is single user, only one print job can be processed at a time. Incoming print requests are held in a queue inside the AXIS

570/670 and processed in a first-come-first-served fashion.

13. Click the Submit TN3270E settings button to initialize the

TN3270E sessions.

Depending on your choice of data streams, continue the installation by selecting the appropriate set of instructions below:

IPDS data streams (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

1. Select IBM IPDS Configuration from the header.

2. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list and click the Submit IBM IPDS Configuration

settings button.

3. Select IBM IPDS Printer Driver from the header.

4. Select the paper size for each paper bin from the Paper Size dropdown list and click the Submit IBM IPDS Printer Driver settings button.

5. Click the TCP/IP tab and ensure that the IP address, subnet mask and default router are appropriately set for your network.

SCS and 3270 data streams

1. Select IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION from the header.

2. Select your preferred system language from the System Language drop-down list.

3. Select a coax printer emulation from the Printer Emulation dropdown list and click the Submit IBM BASIC

CONFIGURATION settings button.

4. Select IBM PRINTER DRIVER from the header.

5. Make sure that the Printer Driver parameter is matching your printer and click the Submit IBM PRINTER DRIVER settings button.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 101

6. Select IBM PAGE FORMAT from the header.

7. Select the appropriate page properties and click the Submit IBM

PAGE FORMAT settings button.

8. 3270DS only: Select IBM 3270 OPTIONS from the header if you want to set the optional 3270 parameters.

9. 3270DS only: Select the appropriate data stream settings and click the Submit IBM 3270 OPTIONS settings button from the header.

102 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Configuring the

TN3270E server

The TN3270E server software is integral to many different router/servers.

Configuration examples for two popular TN3270E-capable servers are described below, namely:

• Microsoft SNA Server

• Novell NetWare for SAA.

Typical AXIS 570/670 TCP/IP TN3270E Network Configuration

Notes: ❏ Configuration procedures can vary for other TN3270E servers.

❏ For additional information about configuring other TN3270E servers, refer to the Technical Notes section on the AXIS Web pages.

Microsoft SNA Server Communication is established in two separate stages, SNA Server-to-

Host connection and SNA Server to AXIS 570/670 connection, described below:

SNA Server-to-Host Connection

Follow the steps below to set-up a SNA Server-to-Host connection for the AXIS 570/670:

1. Start Microsoft SNA Server Manager and click the Servers folder.

The Main SNA Server Manager Window is featured in the illustration below.

2. Insert a new Connection to the host under Connections. Refer to the online help for assistance on how to configure the connection.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 103

3. Select the new connection and Insert a 3270 Application LU

(LUA) to this connection.

4. Set the LU Number to the LU Number specified in the host.

5. Set the LU Name to the name you want to use for the printer device. This is the same name that you specify in the TN3270E

Printer Name parameter of the AXIS 570/670.

6. Click OK.

SNA Server Manager Main Window

SNA Server - AXIS 570/670 connection

1. Select the new LUA and drag it to the TN3270 connection definition (highlighted in the SNA Server Manager Window above).

2. Select the properties of the LUA.

3. Click on the TN3270 tab in the properties popup window.

4. Select Generic Printer Type.

5. Click on the IP Address List tab.

104 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

6. Specify the IP Address of the client(s) that you want to assign to this LU. This is the IP address of the AXIS 570/670, i.e. the same as the INT_ADDR parameter in the Print Server.

7. Click OK.

Verifying the

Communication:

1. Activate the connection you created in step 2 of the above SNA

Server - AXIS 570/670 connection procedures. The status of the connection should be “active”.

2. Make sure the corresponding LU in the host is activated.

3. Activate the TN3270 connection to the AXIS 570/670. The LUA should change status to SSCP .

4. Check that the printer is connected to the AXIS 570/670

5. Send a print job from the host.

The AXIS 570/670 is now ready for use.

Notes: ❏ You can check the status of the TN3270E connection by printing a test page from the Print Server. This is done by pressing the test button once. Make sure the TN3270E status (St:) line for your server connection is defined as either:

• SSCP

• LU-1

• LU-3

❏ For additional information about configuring other TN3270E servers, refer to the Technical Notes via the AXIS Web pages.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 105

NetWare for

SAA Server

To set-up a TN3270E Server connection to the AXIS 570/670 you have to set up PU and LU definitions. This is done by following the steps below:

1. Start the NWSAA Administrator.

2. Double click on the NWSAA Node. The panel below will appear.

3. Enter the Node ID for the host.

4. Leave the rest at their default settings.

Peer PU profile

5. Click on the TN3270 icon. The panel below will appear.

6. Select All Available Host PU profiles.

7. Enter the user name, from the User List, that you want all

TN3270 clients to use.

8. Specify the maximum number of TELNET connections you want to allow each TN3270 client.

106 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

9. Leave the rest at their default settings and click OK.

Host PU profiles

10. Press the “insert” key to create a new Host PU Profile. Choose

Host PU Profile from the list displayed in the dialog. Then the panel below will appear.

11. Enter a unique name as PU profile name.

12. Enter the number of dependent LUs you want for this PU.

13. Enter the starting LU number.

14. Enter the Node ID (the same ID as for item 3 above).

15. Choose logical adapter.

16. Set maximum frame size to transmit inbound to match the

MAXDATA in the host definition.

17. Enter the host node address.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 107

18. Leave the rest at their default settings.

PU Profile name & Logical adapter

19. Click the LU Defaults icon. The panel below will appear

20. Set Default LU category to Public.

21. Set Default LU type to Printer (LU type 1 or 3) .

22. Specify the VTAM LU name prefix. Click OK.

Notes: ❏ When the LUs are created the default names for the Printer

Devices will be <name prefix> followed by a two digit number starting at the number you entered in the starting dependent LU number field (refer to step 13 above).

❏ In the example below, eight LUs are created automatically. The

LU names created will be BRLTST04 through to BRLTST0B .

These names must correspond to the Printer Names you specify for the TN3270E sessions in the Print Server.

108 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Printer LU

You can now generate a configuration report from NW for SAA. To do this, simply mark the server icon in the left window and select

Generate Server Configuration Report from the function menu.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 109

The following table is a summary of a report generated by this command for the example above.

Profile Name

SNA Network ID:

Peripheral node control point name:

Block ID/PU ID:

Local/Partner SAP for ILUs:

Logical Adapter:

PU Profile:

Adapter Name

Adapter Type:

Terminate peer link if no active APPC sessions:

Logical adapter number:

Number of local service access points:

Enable adapter at startup:

PU Profile Name

Number of dependent LUs:

Starting dependent LU number:

Peripheral node control point name:

Node ID (block/PU ID):

Offline test mode:

Assign only LUs activated by the host:

Enable SDDLU Support:

Adapter Name:

Adapter Type:

Maximum Session Count:

VTAM Name Prefix:

Default LU Type:

NWSAA

SEEDB

CPNAME

05D 66204

E100B_1

NWSAAPU

E100B_1

LLC 802.2

Yes

NWSAAPU

05D 66204

Yes

E100B_1

LLC 802.2

BRLTST

110 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Profile Name

Default Model Number:

Default LU Category:

Maximum frame size to transmit inbound:

Remote node address:

Remote Service Access Point:

Local Service Access Point:

Enable PU profile at startup:

NWSAA

Public

0521

020066800000

Yes

LU id

Category

Public

VTAM LU Name

BRLTST04

BRLTST05

BRLTST06

BRLTST07

BRLTST08

BRLTST09

BRLTST0A

BRLTST0B

Type Mod Termination

Method

TSELF

PU Profile Names

Maximum connections per client

Use IP client name

TN3270 NetWare User ID

Client Response Timer

NetWare SAA

Admin

120

Printer End of Job Timer 9999

Summary of a report generated by Generate Server

Configuration Report (bold text = not default).

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 111

Verifying the Communication:

Follow the steps below to test the communication by sending a print job to the AXIS570/670.

1. Make sure the printer is connected to the AXIS 570/670 and the corresponding LU in the host is activated.

2. Send a print job from the host.

The AXIS 570/670 is now ready for use. If needed, it can be further adapted to your system using the AXIS NetPilot™, Web-based

configuration pages or IBM Printer Emulation (see Appendix C -

Extended IBM Printer Emulation).

Note: ❏ You can check the status of the TN3270E connection by printing a test page from the Print Server. This is done by pressing the test button once. Make sure the TN3270E status (St:) line for your server connection is defined as either:

• SSCP

• LU-1

• LU-3

❏ For additional information about configuring other TN3270E servers, refer to the Technical Notes via the AXIS Web pages.

112 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

PPR/PPD Printing - IPDS data streams

Note: ❏ IPDS is only supported by the AXIS 570e and the AXIS 670e models.

The configuration procedures presented in this section are divided into three separate steps:

• Configuring the AXIS 570/670

• Configuring of the IBM Mainframe host

• Verifying the communication between the AXIS 570/670 and the

IBM Mainframe

Before you begin Make sure that you are running:

• PSF/MVS Version 2.2.0 with APAR OW15599.

• MVS Scheduler APAR OW12236.

• TCP/IP v3r1

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe 113

Configuring the

Mainframe host

1. Define the Communication Control Unit , e.g. 3172, to

MVS.

2. Modify the PSF/MVS Start-up Procedure with the following entry:

Example:

//WRT4317 PROC

//* The PSF/MVS TCP/IP Writer Procedure */

//* PRINTDEV

//PRT4317 CNTL

MGMTMODE=OUTAVAIL,

DISCINTV=0,

IPADDR=’xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’,

PORTNO=5001,

//PRT4317 ENDCNTL

Note that xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

denotes the IP address of your

AXIS 570e/670e.

3. Define the printer to JES2 or to JES3.

JES2:

FSSDEF FSSNAME=FSS4317, PROC=WRT4317, HASPFSSM=HASPFSSM,

PRT4317 FSS=FSS1, MODE=FSS, PRMODE=(LINE, PAGE, SOSI1),

CLASS=C, UCS=0, SEP, NOSEPDS, CKPTPAGE=100,

DRAIN, MARK, TRKCELL=YES

Make sure that the parameter PROC matches the PROC name in the PSF/MVS Start-up Procedure.

JES3:

FSSDEF TYPE=WTR FSSNAME=FSS4317, PNAME=WRT4317, SYSTEM=SYS1, TERM=NO

DEVICE, JNAME=PRT4317, JUNIT=(,SYS1, ,OFF), FSSNAME=FSS4317,

MODE=FSS, PM=(LINE, PAGE, SOSI1), CHARS=(YES, GT12)

Make sure that the parameters PNAME and JNAME match the

PROC name in the PSF/MVS Start-up Procedure.

114 Section 5: Setting Up - IBM Mainframe AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Configuring the

AXIS 570e/670e

Follow the instructions below to configure your AXIS 570e/670e using a standard Web browser:

1. Start a Web browser, e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.

2. Enter the IP address or the host name of the AXIS 570e/670e in the location field and press the ENTER key on your keyboard.

The internal Web pages of the AXIS 570e/670e appear. You may be asked to enter a user name and a password. The default values are root and pass.

3. Click the Configuration button.

4. Select TCP/IP from the header.

5. The Reverse Telnet parameters PR1, PR2 and PR3 are by default setup for IPDS data streams, emulating an IBM 4028 printer model 1 on the port numbers 5001, 5002 and 5003 respectively.

If you need to change a port number, enter a new number in the text field and click the Submit TCP/IP settings button.

Otherwise you do not have to do anything.

6. Select IBM IPDS Configuration settings from the header.

7. Select your preferred system language from the IPDS System

Language drop-down list.

8. Click the Submit IBM IPDS Configuration settings button.

9. Select IBM IPDS PRINTER DRIVER from the header.

10. Select the appropriate page properties and click the Submit IBM

IPDS PRINTER DRIVER settings button.

Verifying the communication

By sending a print job from the Mainframe to the AXIS 570e/670e, you can verify that the setup procedures have been performed correctly and that communication is established.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 115

Section 6 Setting Up - NetWare

If you have performed the basic installations as described in Basic

Setup with AXIS NetPilot, on page 32, the AXIS 570/670 is now ready

for printing within the NetWare environment.

However, if you need a more advanced installation that is not covered by the AXIS NetPilot Installation Wizard, you are advised to perform

the additional instructions presented in Advanced Installation using

AXIS NetPilot, on page 118.

If you want to install the AXIS 570/670 using NDPS, you should not use the AXIS NetPilot Installation Wizard at all. You should instead

follow the instructions in Setup using NDPS, on page 116.

If you intend to operate your AXIS 570/670 in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual, namely:

the basic installation procedures described in Basic Setup with AXIS

116 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Setup using NDPS

The AXIS 570/670 supports Novell Distributed Print Services

(NDPS), which is Novell’s new generation architecture for printing and printer administration.

Before the AXIS 570/670 can be installed, you must install NDPS and an HP Gateway on your NetWare file server. The HP Gateway is included with the NDPS software and is automatically installed together with NDPS. The AXIS 570/670 uses the HP Gateway when communicating with an NDPS printer.

Please refer to the appropriate Novell and Hewlett Packard documentation for further details about NDPS and the HP Gateway.

Notes: ❏ NDPS requires that you run NetWare 4.11 or higher.

❏ You can disable the NDPS feature by setting HP_JETADMIN in the AXIS 570/670 parameter list to NO.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 117

Installing the

AXIS 570/670

Public Access

Controlled Access

You can select to install the connected printers as public or controlled printers. Follow the instructions below to install the AXIS 570/670 using NDPS:

1. Make sure that the HP Gateway is configured to automatically create a public access printer, before you connect the AXIS

570/670 to the network.

2. Connect the AXIS 570/670 to the NetWare network.

As soon as the HP Gateway finds the AXIS 570/670, it will automatically create a public access printer. All users have access to the public access printer, which is found with the Novell Printer Manager.

1. Make sure that the HP Gateway is not configured to automatically create a public access printer, before you connect the AXIS 570/670 to the network.

2. Connect the AXIS 570/670 to the NetWare network.

3. Use the NetWare Administrator to create an NDPS printer as an object in the directory. As directory objects, access to them is controlled and they are no longer available as public access printers.

The controlled access printer is found in the Novell Printer Manager’s

NDS object list.

118 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Advanced Installation using AXIS NetPilot

Having installed your AXIS 570/670 print server in accordance with

NetPilot, on page 32, your AXIS 570/670 print server should now

feature in the ‘Network Print Servers’ folder located in the AXIS

NetPilot main window.

NetWare Network

Environment Window

The NetWare Network Environment window allows you to connect additional print queues to your AXIS 570/670 as well as create new ones.

Follow the steps below to gain access to the NetWare Network

Environment window:

1. Select the required Network Print Server from the ‘Network Print

Server’ folder.

2. Choose Network from the Setup menu or click on the Network icon on the AXIS NetPilot’s toolbar.

3. If you are not logged on to your NetWare file server, a dialog box will ask you to log on.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 119

The AXIS NetPilot NetWare Network Environment window

The AXIS 570/670 periodically updates the configuration by scanning the NDS tree or, in the case of NetWare versions 3.x, the designated file servers.

120 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Connecting

Print Queues

Follow the steps below to connect a print queue to the print server port:

1. Open the NetWare Network Environment window.

2. Select the print server port you want to connect.

3. Click the Connect... button. The Connect NetWare Print

Queues window appears.

The AXIS NetPilot Connect NetWare Print Queues window

4. Select the tree or server location of the print queue from the

Resources box.

5. Select an existing print queue to connect to the server port, or create a new print queue by clicking on Create Queue... If you have selected an existing queue, advance to step 8. Continue with step 6 only if you want to create a new queue.

6. Type the queue name in the Create Queue dialog window. If you want to create a queue in the NDS tree you must also enter the name of the volume where the queue will be located. Click OK.

7. Select the newly created queue from the queue list.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare 121

8. Select Print Server Mode or Remote Printer Mode. If you selected Print Server Mode, advance directly to step 11, otherwise

continue with step 9. Please refer to Printing Methods, on page

122, for further information about the two printing methods.

9. Select an appropriate NetWare Print Server name, that will be associated with the AXIS 570/670 print server, by using the

Browse... button.

Note: ❏ You cannot type or edit the name manually.

10. If you want to define a remote printer number slot manually, check the Manual box and type the desired number in the box.

11. Click the OK button to return to the Network Environments window.

122 Section 6: Setting Up - NetWare AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Printing Methods

The following overview explains the advantages and limitations of the two supported Netware printing methods.

Print Server Mode The AXIS 570/670 logs in to a file server(s) and repeatedly polls the print queues for print jobs. In this fashion, the AXIS 570/670 emulates a NetWare print server, that is a workstation running

PSERVER. It provides high printing speed with low network load and is the recommended mode for medium to large sized networks. Each print server in PSERVER mode takes one NetWare license.

Advantages • High performance, typically 150-400 kbytes/s.

Limitations • In bindery mode, this printing method requires a NetWare user licence for each AXIS 570/670 to file server link.

Remote Printer Mode The AXIS 570/670 connects to a PSERVER NetWare program running on the file server, or to a dedicated workstation running

PSERVER.EXE. It then automatically receives print jobs from the file server. In this fashion, the AXIS 570/670 emulates a workstation running the NetWare remote printer software RPRINTER, or

NPRINTER. This mode is only recommended for small networks where the number of NetWare user licences is a major issue.

Advantages • NetWare user licences are not required.

Limitations • Lower performance, typically 20 - 70 kbytes/s for NLM.

• Higher network load.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 123

Section 7 Setting Up - Windows

SNA

Having connected the AXIS 570/670 to your network, this section describes how to use the AXIS Print Utilities for printing in the

Windows environment. Identify your Windows platform and choose the appropriate installing instructions from the list below.

Windows 95 and Windows 98, please refer to:

- Using the AXIS Print Monitor for Windows 95/98 and NT, on page

124

- Windows 95 and Windows 98, on page 126

Windows NT, please refer to:

- Using the AXIS Print Monitor for Windows 95/98 and NT, on page

124

- Windows NT, on page 130

Windows 3.1 and Windows for Workgroups, please refer to:

- Using the AXIS Print Utility for Windows, on page 139

- Windows 3.1 and Windows for Workgroups, on page 141

Windows clients using LANtastic, please refer to:

- Windows Clients using LANtastic, on page 143

If you intend to use the AXIS 570/670 in a multiprotocol environment, you should also refer to the following sections:

or any standard Web browser. Refer to Section 11 Management &

124 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using the AXIS Print Monitor for Windows 95/98 and NT

AXIS Print Monitor should be used for network printing in Windows

95, Windows 98 and Windows NT environments. It allows AXIS

Network Print Servers to be connected in the same simple fashion as a local printer port and once installed, is automatically initialized upon system startup.

Install the AXIS Print Monitor software now if you have not already done so. It is available on the AXIS Online CD.

If you want to change the default name or amend any of the AXIS

570/670 default parameters, you can do so using the AXIS NetPilot,

Configuration, on page 161.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 125

About

AXIS Print Monitor

Printing Environments

Peer-to-Peer Printing

Client-Server Printing

User Dialog

AXIS Print Monitor is a Windows component that has been developed for peer-to-peer printing under Windows 95, Windows 98 and Windows NT that allows your print jobs to be sent directly to the print server.

The AXIS Print Monitor supports printing over NetBIOS/NetBEUI and TCP/IP (LPR). To enable printing in these environments, please ensure that the desired printing protocol is running on your client.

The AXIS Print Monitor needs to be installed on each workstation to perform peer-to-peer printing. Once installed, the AXIS Print

Monitor allows you to access all network printers, just as if they were connected directly to your workstation. Peer-to-peer printing offers the following benefits:

• You can easily monitor the status of your printers, by enabling error condition pop-up messages.

• You do not have to rely on a server.

AXIS Print Monitor needs only to be installed on one server to perform client-server printing. The installed printers must be configured to be shared to allow clients to use them. Pop-up messages should not be enabled on the server as the status of shared printers will not be reported to the client platforms. Pop-up messages are only displayed on the server.

Although the AXIS Print Monitor user dialog varies depending on which platform you are using, i.e. Windows 95, Windows 98,

Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT 3.5x, the functionality is exactly the same.

Note: ❏ The AXIS Print Monitor may be used for DOS printing when installed on Windows NT platforms. However, in Windows

95/98 this is only possible from a client workstation, in a clientserver configuration. The AXIS Print Utility for Windows should be used if DOS peer-to-peer printing is performed on a Windows

95/98 platform. Please refer to Using the AXIS Print Utility for

Windows, on page 139.

126 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Windows 95 and Windows 98

Using the

AXIS Print Monitor with Windows 95/98

Follow the procedures below to install Axis printer ports from a

Windows 95 or Windows 98 workstation:

NetBIOS/NetBEUI 1. To start the Add Printer Wizard, select Settings - Printers from the Start menu and double-click the Add Printer icon.

2. After clicking Next> in the first dialog, the Wizard asks you to select Local printer or Network printer. Select Local printer as the

AXIS 570/670 emulates a local printer port. Click Next>.

3. Choose the appropriate printer driver for your printer. If the desired printer driver appears in the displayed Manufacturers and

Printer Models lists, highlight your selection, click Next> and proceed directly to step 6. It is only necessary to perform steps 4 -

5 if your printer does not appear in the model list.

Note: ❏ Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturers and

Printer Models list, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with the printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.

4. Click the Have Disk... button. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the appropriate diskette/CD drive and click OK.

5. Select the printer driver you want to install and click Next>.

6. Select the AXIS Printer Port from the Available Ports list. The port names appear as <name>.LP1, <name>.LP2, and

<name>.CM1, where <name> is AX followed by the last six digits of the AXIS 570/670 serial number, e.g. AX100086. Click the

Configure Port button.

7. Choose whether error condition pop-up messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the Configure AXIS Printer

Ports dialog. Define the frequency at which the error messages should be displayed after retry. Click Next>.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 127

8. Enter an appropriate name for your printer and click Next>.

9. Choose whether you wish to produce a test page and click Finish.

TCP/IP (LPR) To be able to print using LPR, you must have installed the AXIS

570/670 in the TCP/IP environment as described in

Assigning an IP address, on page 36.

1. To start the Add Printer Wizard, select Settings - Printers from the Start menu and double-click the Add Printer icon.

2. After clicking Next> in the first dialog, the Wizard asks you to select Local printer or Network printer. Select Local printer as the

AXIS 570/670 emulates a local printer port. Click Next>.

3. Choose the appropriate printer driver for your printer. If the desired printer driver already appears in the displayed

Manufacturers and Printer Models list, highlight your selection, click Next> and proceed directly to step 6. It is only necessary to perform steps 4 - 5 if your printer does not appear in the list.

Note: ❏ Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturers and

Printer Models list, you are advised to use the print driver provided with the printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.

4. Click the Have Disk... button. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the appropriate diskette/CD drive and click OK.

5. Select the printer driver you want to install and click Next>.

6. Select the AXIS LPR Port you want to use and click OK.

Available LPR ports appear as <port name>@<IP address> or

<port name>@<host name>, e.g. [email protected]. If you want to install a new LPR port, select the Printers@LPR port and perform all procedures defined in steps 10-17. Click the

Configure Port button.

128 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

7. Choose whether error condition pop-up messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the Configure AXIS LPR Ports dialog. Define the frequency at which the error messages should be displayed after retry. Click OK. Click Next>.

Note: ❏ The Printers@LPR port cannot be used for printing and consequently cannot be configured.

8. Enter an appropriate name for your printer and click Next>.

9. Choose whether you wish to produce a test page and click Finish.

You should continue with the following steps only if you want to install a printer to a new LPR port and have chosen Printers@LPR port previously in step 6.

10. The printer you have defined is displayed in the ‘Printers’ folder.

Right-click the printer object and select Properties from the

Context menu.

11. Click the details tab in the Properties page and then click Add

Port to display the available monitors.

12. Click the radio button “other”. Select AXIS Port and click OK.

13. Select LPR (TCP/IP) as your choice of network protocol and click OK.

14. Enter the IP address or the host name of your print server and assign an appropriate Logical Printer. Click OK.

15. The LPR port will then be added automatically to the list of available ports. Click OK.

16. You may now configure the port, as described in step 7.

17. Click the Apply button.

The Axis Printer Port is now installed.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 129

Shared printer from a

Windows 95 client

Follow the following step-by-step instructions if you are using a shared printer from a Windows 95 client:

1. Open the Control Panel.

2. Open the ‘Printers’ folder.

3. Click Add Printer.

4. Select Network Print Server and then go to Next.

5. Enter the path for the network printer or browse the network to find and select it.

6. Go to Next and then Finish.

130 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Windows NT

Using the

AXIS Print Monitor with

Windows NT 4.0

Follow the procedure below to install Axis Printer Ports from a

Windows NT 4.0 workstation:

NetBIOS/NetBEUI 1. To start the Add Printer Wizard, select Settings - Printers from the Start menu and double-click the Add Printer icon.

2. The Wizard asks you to select My Computer or Network printer server. Select My Computer, as the AXIS 570/670 emulates a local printer port.

3. Click Add Port... in the Available ports dialog, select AXIS Port and click New Port...

4. Select NetBIOS/NetBEUI as your choice of network protocol and click OK.

5. Select the AXIS Port you want to add. The ports appear as

<name>.LP1, <name>.LP2, and <name>.CM1, where <name> is

AX followed by the last six digits of the AXIS 570/670 serial number, e.g. AX100086. Click OK.

6. Close the Printer Ports window.

7. Click the Configure Port... button. Choose whether error condition pop-up messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the Configure Axis Ports dialog. Define the frequency at which the error messages should be displayed after retry. Click

OK. Continue the installation by clicking Next>.

8. Choose the appropriate printer driver for your printer. Click

Next> and proceed directly to step 11. It is only necessary to perform steps 9-10 if your printer does not appear in the list.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 131

Note: ❏ Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturers and

Printer Models list, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with your printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.

9. Click the Have Disk... button. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the appropriate diskette/CD drive and click OK.

10. Select the printer driver you want to install and click Next>.

11. Enter an appropriate name for your printer and click Next>.

12. Choose whether you want to share the printer with other network users and click Next>.

13. Choose whether you want to produce a test page and then click

Finish.

TCP/IP (LPR) To be able to print using LPR, you must have installed the AXIS

570/670 in the TCP/IP environment as described in

Assigning an IP address, on page 36.

1. To start the Add Printer Wizard, select Settings - Printers from the Start menu and double-click the Add Printer icon.

2. The Wizard asks you to select My Computer or Network printer server. Select My Computer, as the AXIS 570/670 emulates a local printer port. Click Next>.

3. If the LPR Printer port you want to use already appears in the available ports list, you may proceed directly to step 8. If not, click

Add Port and continue with step 4.

4. Select AXIS port from the list of available monitors in the Printer

Port dialog. Click the New Port... button.

5. Select LPR (TCP/IP) as your choice of network protocol and click OK.

132 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

6. From the Add AXIS LPR Port dialog, enter the IP address or host name of your print server and define a Logical printer name. Click

OK.

7. Click OK to return to the Printer Ports dialog. Click Close.

8. Select an AXIS LPR Port you wish to use and then click OK.

Available LPR ports appear as <port name>@<IP address> or

<port name>@<host name>, e.g. [email protected].

9. Click Configure Port... and choose whether error condition popup messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the

Configure LPR Port dialog. Define the frequency at which the error messages should be displayed after retry. Click OK.

10. Having selected and configured the chosen port, click Next>.

11. Choose an appropriate printer driver for your printer. If the desired print driver already appears in the displayed

Manufacturers and Printer Models list dialog, highlight your selection, click Next> and proceed directly to step 14. It is only necessary to perform steps 12 - 13 if your printer does not appear in the list.

Note: ❏ Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturers and

Printer Models lists, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with your printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.

12. Click the Have Disk... button. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the appropriate diskette/CD drive and click OK.

13. Select the printer driver you want to install and click Next>.

14. Enter an appropriate name for your printer and click Next>.

15. Choose whether you want to share the printer with other network users and click Next>.

16. Choose whether you want to produce a test page and click Finish.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 133

Using the

AXIS Print Monitor with

Windows NT 3.5x

Follow the procedure below to install Axis printer ports from a

Windows NT 3.5x workstation:

NetBIOS/NetBEUI: 1. Open the Print Manager and select Create Printer from the

Printer menu.

2. Enter an appropriate name in the Printer Name field.

3. Choose an appropriate printer driver for your printer from the

Manufacturers and Printer Models list displayed and then proceed directly to step 6. Please note that it is only necessary to perform steps 4 - 5 if your printer does not appear in the model list.

Note: ❏ Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturer and

Printer Models list, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with your printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.

4. Select Other... in the driver list. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the appropriate diskette/CD drive and click OK.

5. Select the printer driver you want to install.

6. Select Other... in the “Print to” list box.

7. Select Axis Port in the list of available Print Monitors and click

OK.

8. Select the AXIS Port you wish to add and then click OK. The ports appear as <name>.LP1, <name>.LP2, and <name>.CM1, where <name> is AX followed by the last six digits of the AXIS

570/670 serial number, e.g. AX100086.

9. Click on Settings. Choose whether error condition pop-up messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the Configure

Axis Ports dialog. Click OK.

10. Click OK.

134 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

TCP/IP (LPR) To be able to print using LPR, you must have installed the AXIS

570/670 in the TCP/IP environment as described in

Assigning an IP address, on page 36.

1. Open the Print Manager and select Create Printer from the

Printer menu.

2. Enter an appropriate name in the Printer Name field.

3. Choose an appropriate printer driver for your printer from the drop-down Driver list. If the desired printer driver already appears in the displayed Manufacturers and Printer Models list dialog, proceed directly to step 6. It is only necessary to perform steps 4 -

5 if your printer does not appear in the model list.

Note: ❏ Even if the desired printer is available in the Manufacturers and

Printer Models list, you are advised to use the printer driver provided with your printer. This assures you of the latest driver software.

4. Select Other... in the driver list. Insert the printer driver diskette/CD that was provided with your printer, select the diskette/CD drive and click OK.

5. Select the printer driver you want to install.

6. Select Other... from the “Print to” drop-down list.

7. Select AXIS Port from the list of available Print Monitors in the

Print Destination dialog. Click OK.

8. Select LPR (TCP/IP) as your choice of network protocol and click OK.

9. From the Add LPR port dialog, enter the IP address or host name of your print server and define a Logical printer name. Click OK to return to the Create Printer dialog.

10. Select the AXIS LPR port you wish to use from the “Print to” drop-down list. The ports appear as <port name>@<IP address> or <port name>@<host name>, e.g. [email protected].

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 135

11. Click the Settings button. Choose whether error condition popup messages are to be displayed by checking the box in the

Configure AXIS LPR Ports dialog. Define the frequency at which the error messages should be displayed after retry. Click OK to return to the Create Printer dialog.

12. Having selected and configured the chosen port, click Next>.

13. Select whether you want to share the printer with other network users. Click OK.

The printer properties are displayed in an appropriate dialog that allows you to refine your printer setup.

The Axis printer is now installed and will appear as an icon in the

Print Manager.

Using the Microsoft

LPD monitor with

Windows NT 4.0

This section describes how to set up a Windows NT Server v4.0 for

LPR printing over the TCP/IP protocol, using the built-in Microsoft

LPD monitor.

Basic Setup

Preparing for

LPR/LPD printing

If you have not already done so, you should perform the TCP/IP basic setup procedures prior to installing a printer for LPD printing. These

procedures are defined in Assigning an IP address, on page 36.

In the Control Panel, click the Network icon. If the TCP/IP Printing entry appears, then TCP/IP is already installed. Close the Network folder and skip to Installing a printer on the next page.

Follow the following steps to prepare for LPR/LPD printing:

1. Open the Control Panel and click the Network icon.

2. Select Protocols.

3. Add TCP\IP Protocol.

4. Select Services.

5. Add MS TCP\IP Printing.

136 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Installing a printer Follow the instructions below to install a printer for LPD printing:

1. Open the Control Panel and open the ‘Printers’ folder.

2. Click Add Printer, select My Computer and then go to Next.

3. Select Add Port. In Printer Ports, choose LPR Port and then click

New Port.

4. In Add LPR compatible printer, enter the host name or IP address of the AXIS 570/670 as the print server to provide LPD.

5. Enter 'pr1', 'pr2', ... 'pr8' as the name of printer or print queue on that server.

6. Choose a suitable printer driver for your printer and go to Next.

7. Enter a printer name and go to Next.

8. Select Shared if you want to share the printer over the network.

9. Enter a share name.

10. Click Next and then Finish.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 137

Using the Microsoft

LPD monitor with

Window NT 3.5x

This section describes how to set up a Windows NT Server v3.5 and v3.51 for LPD printing over the TCP/IP protocol, using the built-in Microsoft LPD monitor.

Basic Setup If you have not already done so, you should perform the TCP/IP basic setup procedures prior to installing a printer for LPD printing. These

procedures are defined in Assigning an IP address, on page 36.

Install the TCP/IP

Protocol Stack

In the Control Panel, click the Network icon. If the TCP/IP Printing entry appears, then TCP/IP is already installed. Close the Network folder and continue with Installing a printer on the next page.

Follow these steps to install the TCP/IP protocol stack:

1. In the Control Panel, select Network.

2. Click Add Software...

3. Select “TCP/IP Protocol and related components” and then click Continue.

4. Check “TCP/IP Network Printing Support” and then click

Continue.

5. Select path and then click Continue.

6. Click OK in the Network Settings dialog box.

138 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Installing a Printer Follow the following step-by-step instructions to install a printer for

LPD printing.

1. In the Control Panel, click the Print Manager.

2. In the Printer menu, select Create Printer.

3. In the Printer Name field, type a name for your printer.

4. Choose a suitable printer driver for your printer.

5. In the Print to field, select Other...

6. In the Print Destinations dialog, choose LPR Port and then click

OK. The Add LPR Compatible Printer dialog will now appear.

7. In the Name or Address field, type the IP address or the host name of your AXIS 570/670. If you use a host name, this must be defined in the hosts file on your server prior to the installation.

This file is normally located in /winnt35/system32/drivers/etc/hosts.

8. In the Name of Printer on the Machine field, type the logical printer number you want to use, e.g. pr1. Click OK.

9. Click OK to complete the installation.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 139

Using the AXIS Print Utility for Windows

AXIS Print Utility for Windows is the tool to use for network printing in Windows for Workgroups and Windows 3.1 environments.

AXIS Print Utility for Windows is supplied on the AXIS Online CD in the software\prt_srv\utility\axpuw\latest folder. Install this utility now if you have not already done so.

About

AXIS Print Utility for Windows

AXIS Print Utility for Windows is an application for network printing in the Windows environment. It allows you to:

• Install and maintain AXIS 570/670 printer ports as Windows printer ports.

• Capture and monitor print jobs directed to the AXIS 570/670 ports.

Print jobs are directed through a spool directory located on your local hard disk (peer-to-peer mode), or on the file server (client-server mode). The printer port status of your AXIS 570/670 can be monitored and pop-up notification messages can be generated, keeping you informed of completed print jobs or any problem condition.

For more information about AXIS Print Utility for Windows, see the on-line help.

Notes: ❏ Microsoft Network (NetBIOS/NetBEUI) must be running when using AXIS Print Utility for Windows.

❏ AXIS Print Utility for Windows must be running when printing in peer-to-peer mode.

❏ The AXIS Print Utility for Windows is not needed on the client platforms for client-server printing.

❏ If you want to change the default name of your AXIS 570/670 or amend any of the default parameters, you can do so using the

AXIS NetPilot, or any standard Web browser. Refer to Section 11

Management & Configuration, on page 161.

140 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Peer-to-Peer vs.

Client-Server Printing

Windows for Workgroups and Windows 3.1 users, requiring access to a network printer in peer-to-peer mode, will need to install the AXIS

Print Utility for Windows software onto their workstation. Users may then add the required network printer to their systems and use the printer as if it was connected directly to their workstation. Peer-topeer printing offers the following benefits:

• You can monitor the printer status at all times and be notified when print job are completed.

• You do not have to rely on a server.

Client-server operation requires only one user to install the AXIS Print

Utility for Windows software onto their workstation. This user then adds the printer to his or her workstation (the server) and shares the printer with other users on the network. The other users (the clients) can connect to the printer through the server via the Windows Print

Manager.

The client-server mode provides a way of maintaining queue ordering and job priority, but at a price. This is because:

• You cannot receive printer status or print job notification.

• The workstation, setup as the server, must be available at all times.

It must also have the capacity to handle the print jobs that pass through it.

Notes: ❏ When using the client-server mode, other users can still install the

AXIS Print Utility for Windows software, for printing directly to the network printer in peer-to-peer mode.

❏ When using the client-server mode, it is recommended that the server is setup only on a Windows for Workgroups workstation.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 141

Windows 3.1 and Windows for Workgroups

Windows 3.1

In order to print to a network printer, Windows 3.1 requires the installation of network support, such as the LAN Server or LAN

Manager Workstation software. When installed, proceed as described under Windows for Workgroups below.

Windows for

Workgroups

Peer-to-Peer Printing Follow the instructions below to install your AXIS 570/670 for peerto-peer printing at a Windows for Workgroups workstation:

1. Double-click the AXIS Print Utility icon.

2. In the Port menu, click Add.

3. In the NPS Port list, select the AXIS 570/670 port. The ports appear as <name>.LP1, <name>.LP2, and <name>.CM1, where

<name> is AX followed by the last six digits of the AXIS 570/670 serial number, e.g AX100086.

4. Accept or change the suggested Windows port name and type any required comment in the Description field. Make a note of the

Windows port name as you will need this later, then click OK to install the Windows port.

5. In the Port menu, click Connect... to bring up the Windows

Printers dialog.

6. Select a printer driver from the list of Installed Printers (or click

Add>> to install a new driver), then click Connect...

7. Select the Windows port name from step 4 above (this name can be found at the bottom of the Ports list).

8. Click OK to close the Connect dialog, and Close to close Printers.

The setup is completed and you can now print through your

AXIS 570/670.

142 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Note: ❏ AXIS Print Utility for Windows must be running when you print through your AXIS 570/670. It is strongly recommended that you copy the AXIS Print Utility icon into your StartUp folder.

Client-Server Printing:

Server Setup

Follow the instructions below to install your AXIS 570/670 for clientserver printing at a Windows for Workgroups server:

1. Choose a workstation that you want to use as a server for network printing. The server must be available at all times and must have sufficient hard disk space for spooling print jobs.

2. Open Network Setup, click Sharing..., check the I want to be

able to allow others to print to my printer(s) box.

3. Install AXIS Print Utility for Windows on the server.

4. Set up your AXIS 570/670 as described under Peer-to-Peer

Printing, on page 141.

5. Open Print Manager and select your printer.

6. In the Printer menu, select Share Printer As...

7. Type a printer name in the Share As field (this is the printer name seen by the clients, see Client Setup below).

Check the Re-share at Startup box, then click OK.

The server setup is now completed. Set up the clients as described below.

Note: ❏ The AXIS Print Utility for Windows must be running when you print through your AXIS 570/670. It is strongly recommended that you copy the AXIS Print Utility icon into your StartUp folder.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 7: Setting Up - Windows 143

Client-Server Printing:

Client Setup

Follow these steps to use your AXIS 570/670 for client-server printing at a Windows for Workgroups client:

1. In the Control Panel, select Printers.

2. Select a printer driver from the list of Installed Printers, or click

Add>> to install a new driver. Click Connect...

3. Select Network... in the Device Name list, select a local port

(LPT1 - LPT3) to redirect to your network printer.

4. In the Show Shared Printers on list, select the server from Server

Setup above.

5. In the Shared Printers list, select the printer you want to use.

6. Click OK, OK and Close.

7. Exit the Control Panel.

The client setup is completed and you can now print through your

AXIS 570/670.

Windows Clients using LANtastic

From any Windows client, the AXIS 570/670 can also be used for network printing in LANtastic environments.

LANtastic users can use the AXIS Utilities in exactly the same manner as described in the preceding Windows sections, using a choice of Axis utility software that is guided by the type of Windows client employed:

•

Refer to Using the AXIS Print Utility for Windows, on page 139, if

you are using a Windows for Workgroups client.

•

Refer to Using the AXIS Print Monitor for Windows 95/98 and NT, on page 124, if you are using a Windows 95, Windows 98 or

Windows NT client.

Note: ❏ Make sure that your LANtastic client is running the desired printing protocols.

144 Section 7: Setting Up - Windows AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 145

Section 8 Setting Up - OS/2

Having connected the AXIS 570/670 to your network, this section now describes how to set up your AXIS 570/670 for printing in the

OS/2 environment.

If you intend to operate your AXIS 570/670 in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual, namely:

Refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration, on page 161, for

Using the AXIS Print Utility for OS/2

The AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is the tool to use for network printing in OS/2 environments.

AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is supplied on the AXIS Online CD in the software\prt_srv\utility\axpu\latest folder. Install this utility now if you have not already done so.

If you want to change the default name or any of the AXIS 570/670 default parameters, you can do so using any standard Web browser or

AXIS NetPilot from any Windows platform that is connected to your network, or WinOS/2 window under OS/2.

more information.

The AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is not needed on the client platforms when using a client-server configuration.

146 Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

About AXIS Print

Utility for OS/2

AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is an application for network printing in the OS/2 environment. Its allows you to:

• Install and maintain the AXIS 570/670 printer ports as OS/2 printer ports.

• Capture and monitor print jobs directed to the AXIS 570/670 ports.

Notes:

❏ The NetBEUI protocol must be active. If not, use MPTS/LAPS

(LAN Server) or SETUP (LAN Manager) to activate it.

❏ If you are using OS/2 version 2.x and wish to print through

TCP/IP, we recommend that you use the IBM TCP/IP for OS/2 product. It supports the LPD and interactive FTP print methods.

Installing the

AXIS 570/670

1. When AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 is running, click Install to install your AXIS 570/670. The ports appear in the list as

<name>.LP1, <name>.LP2 and <name>.CM1, where <name> is

AX followed by the last six digits of your print server serial number. e.g. AX100086.LP1.

2. Select the port that you want to install, then click Install.

Repeat this procedure for each server using the AXIS 570/670.

Note: ❏ The AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 must be running in order to print using your AXIS 570/670.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 147

Integrating your AXIS 570/670 into the OS/2 Environment

Creating a Print Queue

(OS/2 version 1.x)

1. Double-click the Print Manager icon, click Setup, then select

Printers...

2. Click Add to make a new printer definition, then type a name of your choice in the Name field.

3. Select \PIPE\<name>.LP1, \PIPE\<name>.LP2 or

\PIPE\<name>.CM1 from the Device list, then select a printer driver suitable for your printer.

4. Click Add, then click OK to confirm the printer definition.

5. Click Setup, then select Queues...

6. Click Add to create a print queue, and type a name in the Name field.

7. Click Add, then click OK to confirm the queue definition.

Creating a Print Queue

(OS/2 version 2.x

and OS/2 Warp)

1. Double-click the Templates folder, then drag the Printer icon out to the Workplace Shell (or into a folder) while holding the right mouse button down.

2. Type a name of your choice in the Name field.

3. Select \PIPE\<name>.LP1, \PIPE\<name>.LP2 or

\PIPE\<name>.CM1 from the Port list, and select a printer driver suitable for your printer from the Standard Printer list.

4. Click OK to confirm the printer definition.

148 Section 8: Setting Up - OS/2 AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Sharing the Print

Queue

A print queue must be made a shared resource before it can be accessed from other computers (clients or other servers).

Open an OS/2 window and issue the following command:

NET SHARE <queue_name> /PRINT

Where <queue_name> is the name of the queue created above.

To share a printer resource when using OS/2 Warp with IBM Peer service, follow the steps below:

1. Click the right mouse button on the printer object.

2. Select Share and then Start sharing. In the dialog box, enter a

Description.

3. Select the check-box Start sharing at LAN workstation start-up.

4. Click OK.

To share a printer resource when using LAN server 4.0, follow the steps below:

1. Open LAN Server Administration.

2. Open your domain and then Resource Definition.

3. Drag and drop a printer from the template.

4. Enter the Alias name, select a Server name and the previously created Spooler Queue Name.

5. Click OK.

The setup is completed and you can now print through your AXIS

570/670.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh 149

Section 9 Setting Up - Macintosh

Having connected the AXIS 570/570e to your network, this section now describes how to set up your AXIS 570/570e for printing in

Macintosh environments using AppleTalk.

If you intend to operate your AXIS 570/570e in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed to the other relevant sections in this manual, namely:

the AXIS 570/570e as described in Setting Parameters, on page 153.

Notes:

❏ Only the AXIS 570 and the AXIS 570e models support the Apple

EtherTalk environment.

❏ The AXIS 670 and the AXIS 670e models do NOT support the

Apple TokenTalk environment.

Installation Using the Chooser Window

Basic Configuration Basic configuration in AppleTalk is performed simply by opening the

Chooser window and selecting a printer.

You can change the default name of your AXIS 570/570e or any of default parameters by editing the config file. To access the config file from a Macintosh, you can use:

• any standard Web browser

• FTP using MacTCP, Fetch or Anarchie

150 Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

In order to use any of the methods, you must assign an IP address to

Choosing a Printer

Selecting a Printer The method for choosing a printer varies depending on which version of LaserWriter printer driver you are using.

• The LaserWriter 7.0 driver assumes that you use a standard Post-

Script driver, and cannot take advantage of any printer specific features.

• The LaserWriter 8.0 driver uses PPD files that contain printer descriptions. This gives you full control over any features your printer might have.

LaserWriter 7.0

Printer Driver

Follow the instructions below to choose a printer:

1. Select Chooser from the Apple menu.

2. Click the LaserWriter icon.

3. If your network has more than one zone, click on the zone you want. If your network has no zones, this box does not appear.

4. Click the name of the printer you want. The default AXIS

570/570e printer names are shown as: AXIS<nnnnnn>_<port>, where <nnnnnn> is the last six digits of the AXIS 570/570e serial number, and <port> is LPT1, LPT2 and COM1 respectively. For example: AXIS100086_LPT1.

5. Click the Close box. This completes the configuration and closes the Chooser.

Repeat this procedure for each Macintosh computer on the network using the AXIS 570/570e.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh 151

LaserWriter 8.0

Printer Driver

Follow the instructions below to choose a printer:

1. Select Chooser from the Apple menu.

2. Click the LaserWriter 8.0 icon.

3. If your network has more than one zone click on the zone you want. If your network has no zones, this box does not appear.

4. Click the name of the printer you want. The default AXIS

5. Click ‘Setup...’ and then ‘Auto Setup’. If the selected printer supports bi-directional printing and the appropriate PPD file is available, the installation is performed automatically and you can therefore proceed directly to step 7. If this is not the case, the PPD file must be selected manually, as described in step 6.

6. Choose the PPD file matching your printer, and click ‘OK’.

If your printer does not appear in the PPD file list, please contact your printer vendor. Use the Generic PPD if you do not need any printer specific features.

7. Click ‘OK’, and then click the Close box. This completes the configuration and closes the Chooser.

Repeat this procedure for each Macintosh computer on the network using the AXIS 570/570e.

152 Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Bi-directional support The AXIS 570/570e allows the printer driver to communicate directly with the printer and consequently facilitates complete functional control over print jobs, e.g. automatic downloading of fonts not resident in the printer.

This functionality has backward compatibility with older printers and

Macintosh computers, which means that the AXIS 570/570e can generate appropriate responses to Macintosh printer queries, when the connected printer does not support bi-directional communication.

Verifying the Setup You simply need to print a document from the Macintosh computer to verify communication to the chosen printer. The basic installation can be considered complete if the print test is satisfactory. The AXIS

570/570e is now ready to use as a print server.

Note: ❏ For information on advanced AppleTalk functions such as non-

PostScript printer support, please refer to the Axis NPS Print

Server Technical Reference on the AXIS Online CD.

ASCII, TBCP and BCP The Binary Communication Protocol (BCP) and the Tagged Binary

Communication Protocol (TBCP) are communication protocols used by the serial and parallel ports of a printer. They allow 8-bit binary data in files concurrent with the use of some control characters, for communication and print job control. TBCP is required for printing with a binary data stream on some printers, e.g HP printers.

Note: ❏ Some printers, e.g Epson InkJet printers, can not be used when

TBCP is enabled.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh 153

Setting Parameters In AppleTalk, you can change a limited number of the parameters of the AXIS 570/570e. You can:

• enable and disable binary data transfers for your printing

• select the type of binary transfer protocol to use

• specify the AppleTalk printer type

• set the IP address

However, by assigning an IP address to your AXIS 570/570e, you have access to all of print server’s parameters via any standard Web

browser or via FTP. Refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration, on page 161 for more information.

Example: The following example describes how you set the AXIS 570/570e parameters in AppleTalk.

Important: DO NOT use the parameter values from this example when configuring your AXIS 570/570e. You should select values that are appropriate for your printers and network settings.

Follow the instructions below:

1. Open the Chooser.

2. Select a network printer driver, any LaserWriter will do.

3. Select the printer port which name ends with "_CFG".

4. Close the Chooser.

5. Open a text editor, e.g. SimpleText.

154 Section 9: Setting Up - Macintosh AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

6. Write a text file containing the parameters you want to set:

BINARY.

:YES

BINARY_TYPE.

:BCP

INT_ADDR.

ATYPE_1.

:192.168.3.191

:EPSONLQ2

Parameters that you do not want to set should be excluded from the text file.

Refer to Appendix B - The Parameter List, on page 131, for information about which values that are valid for each parameter.

7. Print the text file. The settings will be stored permanently in the print server.

8. Open the Chooser and select the printer port you wish to use for printing documents.

9. Close the Chooser.

Note: ❏ The _CFG port disappears 60 minutes after the AXIS 570/570e has been powered on. If you want it to reappear, you must restart your AXIS 570/570e.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX 155

Section 10Setting Up - UNIX

Installation in the UNIX Environment

SNA

Having performed the basic TCP/IP setup procedures as defined in

Assigning an IP address, on page 36, you are now able to print in

interactive mode using LPR, FTP or Reverse Telnet protocols.

However, should you require to integrate the AXIS 570/670 into your host spooler, you can use the Axis automatic installation script

axinstall. This utility software is resident on the AXIS 570/670 and can be downloaded to your host using FTP, so no disks are required.

The axinstall script is also available on the AXIS Online CD. Having completed this operation, the printer connected to the AXIS 570/670 will appear as though they are directly connected to the host printer spooler.

If you intend to operate your AXIS 570/670 in a multiprotocol environment, you should also proceed according to one or more of the following sections, as appropriate to your network.

From an IBM Host - See page 191

156 Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Integration into the

Host Printer Spooler

To integrate the AXIS 570/670 into the host printer spooler, you can use the auto installation script axinstall, resident in the AXIS 570/670.

Follow the instructions below to install axinstall onto your host using

FTP:

1. Login to the AXIS 570/670 using the command: ftp <host name>

or ftp <IP address>

2. Enter root

as the user id and pass

as the password.

3. Download the script using the command: get axinstall

Log out using the command quit, bye

or exit

depending on your

FTP version.

> ftp npserver connected to npserver.

220 AXIS 570/670 FTP Print Server v5.55 Dec 16 1998 ready.

Name (npsserver:thomas): root

331 User name ok, need password

Password: pass

(not visible)

230 User logged in ftp> get axinstall

200 PORT command successful.

150 Opening data connection for axinstall

(192,36,253,4,13,223), (mode ascii).

226 Transfer complete.

local: axinstall remote: axinstall

61187 bytes received in 14 seconds (4.2 kbytes/s) ftp> bye

221 Goodbye.

Typical FTP session for collecting the axinstall script

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX 157

The axinstall script has now been downloaded to your host. Execute the script with this command: sh axinstall

You will be guided through the installation by a step-by-step procedure. During the installation you will be asked to select a print method; we suggest you choose LPD or, for more functionality, use the PROS filter or named pipe methods. Please refer to the following pages if you need guidance on the choice of print methods.

The axinstall script will suggest one of the systems listed below when started. If you do not find the suggestion appropriate, then manually select any of the systems listed.

1....SunOS 4 (SUN BSD, Solaris 1.x)

2....SunOS 5 (SUN SYS V, Solaris 2.x)

3....AIX (IBM RS/6000, BULL DPX 20)

4....HP-UX (HP 9000)

5....BOS (BULL DPX 2)

6....DEC OSF/1 (Digital Equipment, Alpha)

7....ULTRIX (Digital Equipment, DEC)

8....IRIX (Silicon Graphics, SGI)

9....SCO UNIX (Santa Cruz Operation)

10...FreeBSD (Berkeley UNIX)

11...Generic BSD (Berkeley UNIX)

12...Generic SYS V R3 (UNIX System V Release 3)

13...Generic SYS V R4 (UNIX System V Release 4)

Systems supported by axinstall

158 Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Print Methods on TCP/IP Networks

The AXIS 570/670 supports several different print methods in the

TCP/IP environment. axinstall will suggest a print method suitable for your particular UNIX system, but you might want to use another method depending on your printing requirements (banner pages, status logging, etc).

The diagram below shows the alternative data paths taken by some of the UNIX print methods. This illustrates some of the advantages and limitations of the different methods. Use the following information to determine which method to adopt.

File to

Print 2

Spooler

Filter/

Interface

Model

Devices

Parallel Port

Directly connected printer

Named Pipe

DIRECT

FTP

RTELNET

LPD FTP

RTELNET PROS B PROS print daemon

PROS A

Printer

Axis Network Print Server

Illustration of different UNIX print methods

LPD The Line Printer Daemon is a protocol for transferring print jobs between hosts. This is the recommended method for UNIX systems, but some System V versions do not support LPD.

Advantages:

Easy to set up – install the AXIS 570/670 as a remote queue in

System V, or add a remote printer to

/etc/printcap

using the rm

and rp

fields (BSD).

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX 159

Limitations:

Spooler features, and printcap

or lpr

options (BSD) such as multiple copies, are not available.

FTP The File Transfer Protocol is used for transferring files between hosts.

Advantages:

Uses industry standard network software on the host.

Limitations:

No printer status logging. In the case of BSD it may conflict with other input or output filters and does not allow both input and output filters. In System V no filters or interface programs can be used.

PROS A protocol developed at Axis. Comes in two versions;

named pipe (PROS A) and filter (PROS B).

PROS A

PROS B

PROS A - Advantages:

The AXIS 570/670 appears as a device to the system. This makes all filter and model options available. It provides accounting and status logging. Supports bi-directional printing. The printer information read back can be viewed in a log file.

PROS A - Limitations:

A ‘C’ compiler is required to build the PROS A drivers.

PROS B - Advantages:

It provides accounting and status logging. Supports bi-directional printing. The printer information read back can be viewed in a log file.

PROS B - Limitations:

A ‘C’ compiler is required to build the PROS B drivers and in the case of BSD, it may conflict with other input or output filters. It does not allow both input and output filters. Interface programs can not be used in System V.

160 Section 10: Setting Up - UNIX AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Reverse Telnet Often used for printing via a terminal server printer port. Only recommended if you already have a Reverse Telnet driver installed.

Advantages:

Easy to set up with previously installed Reverse Telnet drivers.

Limitations:

No status logging. Drivers are not supplied with the AXIS

570/670. Existing drivers may be slow.

Other UNIX Systems Most UNIX systems resemble either BSD or System V and so with some ingenuity, a solution can also be devised for other variants.

If the system has BSD socket type networking support, then prosbsd

(in the bsd

directory of the AXIS 570/670) can be used as a starting point. It receives print data from stdin

, and writes a log file to stderr

. Nothing is written to stdout

Alternatively, FTP may be used. It is a good idea to use bsd/ftp_bsd or sysv/ftp_sysv

as a starting point.

IBM MVS Systems A sample JCL script, jcl_ex

, is available in the mvs

directory of the

AXIS 570/670. It gives an example of how to print a file from an MVS mainframe to an AXIS 570/670 using FTP.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 161

Section 11 Management & Configuration

The management and configuration tools that are supported by the

AXIS 570/670 allows you to:

• Change the print server parameters, i.e. editing the config file

• Receive extended information about the print jobs

• Receive printer port status

• Monitor your printers

• Reset the AXIS 570/670

Configuration

Overview

The method you should use to manage and configure your AXIS

570/670 is depending on the operating system protocols of your network. The table below displays which method to use for each supported environment.

Operating System Protocols

IBM Host

(AS/400, IBM Mainframe)

IPX/SPX

(NetWare)

TCP/IP

(AS/400, IBM Mainframe, UNIX,

Windows 95/98/NT,

Windows 3.1/WfW)

•

• NetBIOS/NetBEUI

(Windows 95/98/NT,

Windows 3.1/WfW, OS/2)

AppleTalk •

•

Configuration/Management methods

•

AXIS NetPilot - See page 169

HP JetAdmin - See page 186

Novell Utilities - See page 189

Web Browser - See page 162

AXIS ThinWizard - See page 166

FTP - See page 177

telnet - See page 180

SNMP - See page 184

HP Web JetAdmin - See page 186

AXIS NetPilot - See page 169

Web browser - See page 162

Mac-FTP - See page 177

AXIS NetPilot via a PC platform in the

same network - See page 169

162 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using a Web browser

Once you have established the AXIS 570/670 in the TCP/IP

environment, as described in Assigning an IP address on page 36, you

are free to access the AXIS 570/670 Web pages from any standard

Web browser.

Accessing the Web

Pages

Follow the steps below to access the internal home page of the AXIS

570/670. The browser used in the following example is Netscape

Navigator 4.3.

1. Start your Web browser.

2. From the File menu, select Open Page...

3. Type the host name or the IP address of your AXIS 570/670 in the Open Page dialog, as detailed below:

You can alternatively type the host name or the IP address directly into the Web browser’s Location text field.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 163

The home page of your AXIS 570/670 appears in your browser.

The AXIS 570/670 Home Page

Web interface

Services

Links to the following services are available from the internal home page of the AXIS 570/670:

• Configuration

• Management

• Status

• Account

• Printer

• Help

An additional link to the Axis home page is also available from the

AXIS 570/670 home page.

164 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

A summary of the services available from the AXIS 570/670 Home

Page follows:

From the Configuration pages you can:

• Modify configuration parameters, including the node address and root password. A complete parameters list can be found in

Appendix B - The Parameter List, on page 131.

• Enable or disable any of the available networking protocols and modify their operation from the appropriate configuration pages.

Note: ❏ When clicking on either Management or Configuration, you will be prompted to provide a user name and a password, unless you are using the default values root

and pass

Caution!

❏ Any network configuration should involve the Network

Administrator.

From the Management page, you can reset the print server and set the parameters to the factory default values. You can also view basic information about your AXIS 570/670, e.g. the current software version, Ethernet address, serial number, base URL address and enabled networking protocols.

From the Status page, you can view the status of the connected printer ports, such as the number of bytes printed for each print job, etc.

The Account page maintains and displays a historical record of print jobs that includes the user, logical printer, protocol, file size, elapsed time and off-line time.

The Printer page displays the current status and management information of the printers connected to the AXIS 570/670, including printer model, printer languages, etc. The extent of this information is depending on the printer model.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 165

The Help page contains a short description of the configuration and management activities that can be performed via the internal Web pages of the AXIS 570/670.

166 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using AXIS ThinWizard

AXIS ThinWizard is a management tool that allows you to manage and upgrade ThinServer products. You can find, monitor and upgrade your Axis print servers remotely in any TCP/IP network using a standard Web browser.

The internal Web pages of Axis ThinServer products integrate directly into AXIS ThinWizard, giving you access to the services described in

Using a Web browser on page 162.

Once you have established the AXIS 570/670 in the TCP/IP

environment, as described in Assigning an IP address on page 36, you

are free to access the AXIS 570/670 from AXIS ThinWizard.

Installing AXIS

ThinWizard

You should only install AXIS ThinWizard on a designated server on your network. When you want to use the AXIS ThinWizard for management purposes, you just access the server via any standard Web browser.

The AXIS ThinWizard software is available on the AXIS Online CD.

Starting AXIS

ThinWizard

Follow the instructions below to start the AXIS ThinWizard:

1. Make sure that the server where you installed AXIS ThinWizard is up and running on your network.

2. Start a Web browser from a client in your network.

3. Enter the IP address or the host name of the server where you installed AXIS ThinWizard. If the server is installed on another port than 80, you must enter the port name after the host name or the IP address.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 167

4. The AXIS ThinWizard start page appears in the Web browser.

Enter your user name and the password and click the Log in button.

5. The AXIS ThinWizard interface appears. Select a network group from the list. If the list is empty, you must first create a group.

Creating a

Network Group

The network group concept is the corner stone of AXIS ThinWizard.

By dividing your network into network groups, you can monitor your print servers more efficiently. The scope of each network group is determined by the Axis server types and IP subnets that are included.

You can create as many network groups as you want.

Follow the instructions below to create a network group:

1. Click the Network Groups button in the AXIS ThinWizard main menu.

2. Click the Create button.

3. The Create Network Group page opens. Type the name of the network group and identify the IP subnets and Axis server types that should be included. If you are only interested in managing print servers, deselect all options but the Print Servers option.

4. Click OK to create the network group.

You can edit the properties of each network group from the Network

Groups page. Simply select the network group from the list and use one of the Edit, Copy or Remove commands.

168 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Managing the print servers

Follow the instructions below to access the AXIS 570/670 using AXIS

ThinWizard:

1. Click the Manage Network button in the main menu.

2. Select the network group, including the AXIS 570/670, from the drop-down list. All AXIS servers included in the network group appear in the window.

3. Click the link of the AXIS 570/670 to access its internal Web page.

You are now free to manage and configure the AXIS 570/670 as

described in Web interface Services on page 163.

Upgrading

Axis Servers

Refer to Upgrading using AXIS ThinWizard on page 204, for more

information about upgrading Axis Servers using AXIS ThinWizard.

Additional

Information

If you need more information, please refer to the AXIS ThinWizard on-line help.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 169

Using AXIS NetPilot

AXIS NetPilot is the recommended tool to use for configuring the

AXIS 570/670 in networks that support communication via the

IPX/SPX or the NetBIOS/NetBEUI protocols.

AXIS NetPilot allows you to:

• Change the AXIS 570/670 parameter values

• Modify network environment settings

• Monitor your printers on the network

• Create logical groups of print servers to simplify administration

• Upgrade the AXIS 570/670

Starting AXIS

NetPilot

Start AXIS NetPilot by clicking the AXIS NetPilot icon, which resides in the folder where you installed AXIS NetPilot.

The main window of AXIS NetPilot

170 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Changing the parameter values

AXIS NetPilot provides you with two useful tools for changing parameter values:

• Property pages: Use the Property pages if you have little experience in editing config files and need a user-friendly interface.

• Parameter List Editor: Use this fast and efficient tool if you have considerable experience in editing config files.

The Property Pages The Property pages provide an easy way to view and change the parameters. Each property page comprises a set of selection tabs that are appropriate to your operating environments. Each parameter can be edited by selecting the relevant box.

Follow the instructions below to open and edit an arbitrary Property

Page:

1. Select the AXIS 570/670 from the ‘Network Print Servers’ folder.

2. Click the Properties button on the AXIS NetPilot toolbar or choose Properties from the Setup menu.

3. Select the tab that includes the parameter you want to change.

4. Change the value.

5. Click Apply to save the change to the print server. (If you select

OK instead, the Property pages closes automatically after the change has been saved).

The Parameter

List Editor

The Parameter List Editor is a simple editor that enables you to:

• Edit the AXIS 570/670 config file.

• Save customized config files to your hard disk.

• configure several network print servers simultaneously.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 171

Follow the instructions below to use the Parameter List Editor:

1. Choose Edit Parameter List from the Setup menu.

2. Download a config file from a print server or from your hard disk by selecting from File or from Print Server.

3. Click the Load button and the config file opens in the editor.

4. Edit the config file.

5. Select the appropriate radio button, To File or To Print Server.

6. Click Save after you have made your choice, to save the modified

config file.

Modifying the network environments

From the Network Environment window you can modify the network settings for each supported network environment.

To gain access to the Network Environment window, follow the instructions below:

1. Select the AXIS 570/670 from the ‘Network Print Servers’ folder.

2. Click on the Network button on the toolbar or select Network from the Setup menu.

3. Select the tab corresponding to the environment that you want to modify.

172 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Monitoring Printers To simplify printer monitoring, you can create logical groups of printers. The printer status of each printer is displayed in the AXIS

NetPilot window.

AXIS NetPilot’s Monitoring Window

Creating a printer group

Follow the instructions below to create a printer group:

1. Select the ‘Monitoring Printers’ folder.

2. Click on the New Group button on the toolbar or select New

Printer Group from the File menu.

3. Type a printer group name in the text field and click OK.

You can create as many printer groups as you want.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 173

Adding a printer to a printer group

Follow the instructions below to add a printer to a printer group:

1. Select the printer group folder, located in the ‘Monitoring

Printers’ folder.

2. Click on the Add Printer button on the toolbar or select Add

Printer from the File menu.

3. The Add Printer window appears. Double-click the print server, to which the desired printer is connected and select the printer port. Click OK.

Examining printers Follow the instructions below to monitor the printers:

1. Select the printer group folder, located in the ‘Monitoring

Printers’ folder. The printer status appear in the right-hand frame of AXIS NetPilot.

2. If you want the status to appear in a new window, click the

Monitoring button on the AXIS NetPilot toolbar.

174 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Grouping logically connected

Print Servers together

AXIS NetPilot allows you to create logical groups of print servers in order to simplify administration. Installed print servers are displayed in the ‘Network Print Servers’ folder and shortcuts to these print servers can be added to the print server groups. Management operations performed on the shortcuts affects the functionality of the print servers.

Creating a

Print Server Group

Follow the instructions below to create a print server group:

1. Select the ‘AXIS Units’ folder.

2. Click on the New Group button on the toolbar or select New

Print Server Group from the File menu.

3. Type a print server group name in the text field and click OK.

You can create as many print server groups as you want, but you cannot include a print server in more than one group.

Adding a

Print Server to a Print Server Group

Follow the instructions below to add a print server to a print server group:

1. Select the print server group folder, located in the ‘AXIS Units’ folder.

2. Click on the Add PS button on the toolbar or select Add Print

Server from the File menu.

3. The Add Network Print Server window appears. Select the print server and click OK.

Examining

Print Servers

Follow the instructions below to monitor the print servers:

1. Select the print server group folder, located in the ‘AXIS Units’ folder.

2. Select the print server.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 175

Printer Information Follow the instructions below to obtain rich printer information from printers appearing in the monitoring window:

1. Select the desired printer folder, located in the ‘Monitoring

Printers’ folder.

2. Click the desired printer icon and choose Printer Information from the File menu.

AXIS NetPilot Printer Information window

You can also view the rich printer information in the Summary window.

AXIS NetPilot Summary window

176 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Upgrading the Print

Server

You can use the AXIS NetPilot Upgrade Wizard to upgrade the AXIS

570/670 software. Please refer to Section 13 Upgrading the software, on page 203, for details.

Additional information

Refer to the AXIS NetPilot on-line help for further information about this tool.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 177

Using FTP

Having assigned an IP address to your AXIS 570/670, as described in

Assigning an IP address on page 36, you can change the AXIS 570/670

parameter settings using the File Transport Protocol (FTP).

Editing the config file Follow the instructions below to edit the config file using FTP:

1. Log in to the AXIS 570/670 by typing: ftp <host name>

or ftp <IP address> in a DOS window

(Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.

2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass

3. Download the config file to your host by typing: get config

4. Edit the file using your preferred text editor.

5. Save the config file to the AXIS 570/670 by typing: put config CONFIG

Notes: ❏ It is important that the destination file is specified in capital letters. Otherwise the edits are temporary and will be lost once the

AXIS 570/670 has been powered down.

❏ To edit the config file from a Macintosh you will need FTP support such as MacTCP, Fetch or Anarchie. The procedure for editing the file is the same as described above.

The example on the next page shows how to edit the config file using

FTP from a DOS window.

178 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Example:

> ftp npserver connected to npserver.

220 AXIS 570/670 FTP Print Server v5.58 Dec 16 1998 ready.

Name (npserver:thomas): root

331 User name ok, need password

Password: pass

(not visible)

230 User logged in ftp> get config

200 PORT command successful.

150 Opening data connection for config

(192,36,253,4,13,223), (mode ascii).

226 Transfer complete.

8588 bytes received in 0.24 seconds (35.63 kbytes/s) ftp> put config CONFIG

200 PORT command successful.

150 Opening data connection for CONFIG

(192,36,253,4,13,223), (mode ascii).

226 Transfer complete.

8588 bytes received in 0.45 seconds (19.04 kbytes/s) ftp> bye

221 Goodbye.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 179

Viewing the Account File

The account file contains data concerning the ten last print jobs. It specifies an internal job number, the user that initiated the job, the protocol and logical printer that was used, current status (Completed,

Off-line, or Printing), number of bytes printed, elapsed time and off- line time.

Follow the instructions below to view the account file using FTP:

1. Log in to the AXIS 570/670 by typing: ftp <host name>

or ftp <IP address> in a DOS windows

(Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.

2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass

3. Download the account file to your host by typing: get account

4. View the account file using your preferred text editor.

Viewing the Status File

The status command shows which printer port the logical printers are assigned to, and their current status.

Follow the instructions below to view the status file using FTP:

1. Log in to the AXIS 570/670 by typing: ftp <host name>

or ftp <IP address> in a DOS windows

(Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.

2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass

3. Download the status file to your host by typing: get status

4. View the status file using your preferred text editor.

FTP Help By typing help in step 3 in the FTP instruction sets above, a list of all available files and commands will be displayed.

180 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using Telnet

Having assigned an IP address to your AXIS 570/670, as described in

Assigning an IP address on page 36, you can manage your AXIS

570/670 using the telnet protocol.

Viewing the Account File

The account file contains data concerning the last ten print jobs. It specifies an internal job number, the user that initiated the job, the protocol and logical printer that was used, current status (Completed,

Off-line, or Printing), number of bytes printed, elapsed time and off- line time.

Follow the instructions below to view the account file using telnet:

1. Log in to the AXIS 570/670 by typing: telnet <host name>

or telnet <IP address> in a DOS window (Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.

2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass

3. View the account file by typing: account

The example on the next page shows how to view the account file using

Telnet from a UNIX shell.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 181

Example:

> telnet npserver

Trying 192.36.253.96...

Connected to npserver.

Escape character is ‘^]’.

AXIS 570/670 TELNET Print Server v5.58 Dec 16 1998

AXIS 570/670 network login: root

Password: pass

(not visible)

AXIS 570/670 TELNET Print Server v5.58 Dec 16 1998

Root> account

Current account file:

JOB USER PROT

Root>

LPR S BYTES ETIME OTIME

Thomas FTP

Joe LPT pr2 C 1885 2 pr1 C 23074 4

RICHARD PSERVER pr2 C 43044 5

MacUser APPLE pr1 C 6717 2

LSLM_userNetBIOS pr2 C 36995 3 patrick PROS pr5 P 83208 9

Typical Telnet session to view the Account File

182 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Viewing the Status file

The status command shows which printer port the logical printers are assigned to, and their current status.

Follow the instructions below to view the status file using telnet:

1. Log in to the AXIS 570/670 by typing: telnet <host name>

or telnet <IP address> in a DOS windows (Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.

2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass

3. View the status file by typing: status

Performing resets Three types of reset commands allow you to perform soft resets, to perform hard resets, and to reset the print server’s parameters to its default settings.

Follow the instructions below to perform a soft reset using telnet:

1. Log in to the AXIS 570/670 by typing: telnet <host name>

or telnet <IP address> in a DOS windows (Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.

2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass

3. Restart the print server’s protocols by typing: softreset

Replace the command in step 3 above with hardreset

or default

to perform the other two reset operations.

Printing Hexdumps The AXIS 570/670 allows you to record a trace of the communication between the AXIS 570/670 and the host.

The AXIS 570/670 supports hexdump printing for the SNA,

TN3270E, TN5250E, LPR/LPD and Raw TCP/IP printing protocols.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 183

Follow the instructions below to perform a hexdump printout for the

SNA printing protocol:

1. Log in to the AXIS 570/670 by typing: telnet <host name>

or telnet <IP address> in a DOS windows (Windows and OS/2) or in a UNIX shell.

2. Enter the user id and the password. (The default entries are root and pass

3. Enable the AXIS 570/670 to hexdump mode by typing: snahexdump

4. Select Start Logging from the Terminal menu in the Telnet window. Specify a file name and select the folder where you want to save the file.

5. Start the print job.

6. When the print job is finished, select Stop Logging from the

Terminal menu.

7. Enter the quit command

Replace the command in step 3 above with tnehexdump

for the

TN3270E and TN5250E protocols, lpdhexdump

for the LPR/LPD protocol, or rtnhexdump

for the reverse Telnet protocol.

Telnet Help By typing help in step 3 in any of the Telnet instruction sets above, a list of all available commands will be displayed.

184 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using SNMP

You can use SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) for remotely monitoring and configuring of the AXIS 570/670. All major functions for print servers are supported.

General Information SNMP refers to a set of standards for network management, including a protocol, a database structure specification, and a set of data objects.

The AXIS 570/670 SNMP implementation runs in the TCP/IP environment.

The management is handled by NMS (Network Management System) software running on a host on your network. The NMS software communicates with network devices by the means of messages, which are references to one or more objects.

A message can be a question or an instruction to a device, or an alarm triggered by a specific event in a device. Objects are contained in data bases called MIBs (Management Information Base), where MIB-II is a standard database.

The AXIS 570/670 supports all relevant parts of MIB-II and also

includes a private enterprise MIB. Refer to The AXIS MIB, on page

185.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 185

System Requirements for SNMP

The following requirements must be fulfilled in order to make full use of the AXIS 570/670 SNMP support:

• NMS software that allows you to install private enterprise MIBs

• A host, supporting FTP, on which to run the NMS software

Follow these steps to add the AXIS MIB to your NMS software:

1. Log in to the AXIS 570/670 using FTP.

2. Download the MIB file /snmp/axis.mib to the NMS host.

3. Install the AXIS MIB according to instructions in your NMS software documentation.

The AXIS MIB The AXIS MIB contains a large number of objects which may be categorized as follows:

• Menu objects - used for viewing and changing the AXIS 570/670 configuration from the NMS program. Refer to Appendix B - The

Parameter List, on page 123.

• Printer status and unit administration objects - used for monitoring AXIS 570/670 print jobs and storing parameter changes permanently.

• Trap objects - used for alarms at various error conditions.

For technical details, you can view the MIB file (axis.mib) with any text editor.

186 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Using HP administration tools

The AXIS 570/670 is fully compatible with the HP JetAdmin and the

HP Web JetAdmin printer management software. You can use either tool to install and configure your printer devices, and monitor the current status of your AXIS 570/670.

Please refer to the appropriate Hewlett Packard documentation for further details about these tools.

Notes: ❏ You can disable the HP JetAdmin and the HP Web JetAdmin support, by setting the HP_JETADMIN parameter to NO.

❏ It is not possible to upgrade the AXIS 570/670 Flash Memory from the HP JetAdmin.

❏ If the AXIS 570/670 has been configured with HP JetAdmin or

HP Web JetAdmin, you cannot configure it with AXIS NetPilot unless you first reset it to the factory default settings.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 187

Exceptions Even though the AXIS 570/670 is fully compatible with the HP

JetAdmin tool, the AXIS 570/670 behaves differently than an HP print server in certain situations. The exceptions from the traditional

HP JetAdmin functionality are presented below.

The print server concept

HP JetAdmin considers each printer port of the HP print server as an independent print server. One physical HP print server will act as one or three print servers depending on the number of supported printer ports. HP JetAdmin always considers the AXIS 570/670 as one print server, independently on the number of supported ports. The effects of this different behavior are:

• You can change a printer port’s properties from any of the AXIS

570/670 printer ports’ property pages. This can not be done with an HP print server.

• If you are performing a reset on one of the AXIS 570/670 printer ports, all three ports will be reset.

• From each port you can view all print queues connected to the print server and not only the queues connected to the specific printer port. To be able to distinguish between the queues, they must be named <queue_name>!<logical_printer_number>.

• The AXIS 570/670 printer ports have the same name. They are only distinguished by suffixes. If you change the name on one of the AXIS 570/670 printer ports, all three port names will be changed. Note that the port names displayed in HP JetAdmin will not change until one of the refresh commands in the Device

Refresh menu has been performed.

188 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

The Serial Printer Port HP JetAdmin does not support serial printer ports. If you must change the default settings of the serial printer port of the AXIS 570/670, it is recommended that you use the AXIS NetPilot. This will become necessary when you are installing a printer on your serial port. Follow the steps below to change the serial port parameters using AXIS

NetPilot.

1. Start the AXIS NetPilot.

2. Select your AXIS 570/670 and click Install on the AXIS NetPilot toolbar. Select with current configuration.

3. Your AXIS 570/670 has been transferred to the ‘Network Print

Servers’ folder. Select your AXIS 570/670 and click the Property button on the AXIS NetPilot toolbar.

4. Select the Printer Ports tab.

5. Select COM1 from the Printer Port drop-down list.

6. Select XON/XOFF from the Handshake Protocol drop-down list, set the Baud Rate to 38400 and select 1 stop bit. Click OK.

The settings in step 6 varies between different printer models. Please refer to your printer documentation.

If your network supports TCP/IP you can also change the serial port parameters by using the AXIS 570/670 Web interface.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 189

Using Novell Utilities

After installing the AXIS 570/670 into the NetWare environment using AXIS NetPilot, you can manage your AXIS 570/670, using either Novell’s NetWare Administrator, or PCONSOLE.

NetWare

Administration

Some useful features provided by the NetWare Administrator are described in more detail below:

Printer Status The Printer Status menu, detailed below, shows the status of an active print job serviced by an AXIS 570/670 network print server. It displays detailed information concerning the active job including,

Print Queue, print job description, size of print file, percentage of job completed, etc. You can also abort or pause the print job from this menu.

NetWare Administrator Printer Status Menu

190 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Notification You can use the NetWare Administrator to enable or disable status notification messages for printers connected to the AXIS 570/670, e.g.

Busy, Off-line, Out of paper, Paper jam, etc. You can also add or remove print job owners and administrators from the list of persons to be notified.

Print Layout You can view installed AXIS 570/670 Network Print Servers and their relative print queues for any NetWare Organizational Unit. You can also display summary information by right-clicking on the printer object you want to examine.

NetWare Print Layout with corresponding information summary

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 11: Management & Configuration 191

Configuring the Print Server from an IBM host

Once communication with an IBM host has been established, all the

AXIS 570/670 parameters can be edited by printing a file containing special configuration commands. To start the configuration, the command

%CONFIG+

is entered in the file. To protect your settings, a password must be provided. By default, the password is pass

. When all parameters are set, the command

SAVE

is used to store the parameters permanently. The command

%CONFIG-

leaves the configuration mode and resumes normal printing. The syntax for the file to print is:

%CONFIG+ <password;>

IBM_PRINTING_PARAMETER_NAME = VALUE;

SAVE;

%CONFIG-

In order to maintain backward compatibility and increase security, many parameters that are not related to the IBM printing operation have to be preceded by the

%CONFIG++

command. When all parameters are set, enter

%CONFIG--

. The parameters requiring

%CONFIG++

are clearly marked in the parameter listing on the following pages.

%CONFIG+ <password;>

IBM_PRINTING_PARAMETER_NAME = VALUE;

%CONFIG++

PARAMETER_NAME = VALUE;

%CONFIG--

SAVE;

%CONFIG-

192 Section 11: Management & Configuration AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Example: Select the PCL5 printer driver and disable the NetWare protocol:

%CONFIG+ password;

PRDRIVER = PCL5;

%CONFIG++

NETW_ENB = NO;

%CONFIG--

SAVE;

%CONFIG-

(If you have not changed the default password (pass), the password is optional.)

Note: ❏ For parameters requiring more than one value, the values should be separated using a comma.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 12: Using Logical Printers 193

Section 12 Using Logical Printers

Using Logical Printers to Customize your Printing

The AXIS 570/670 has a powerful facility for altering the print data.

This means that your desired print format can be realized on any type of printer. The following actions can be invoked from the AXIS

570/670:

• The character set can be changed to suit the printer

• Strings can be added before and after the print data

• Strings within the print data can be substituted

• ASCII to PostScript conversion

• Redirection of print data to another printer if the printer is busy

• Hex Dump mode to assist with printing problems

If any of these actions are required, a Logical Printer is used to change the print data before being sent to the printer port. There are eight logical printers (PR1-PR8) that can be set up to filter the print data.

The default logical printers settings are such that PR1-PR4 cause no change to the flow of print data, while PR5-PR8 add CR to LF control characters:

Logical Printer

PR1

PR2

PR3

PR4

PR5

PR6

PR7

PR8

Changes to data no change no change no change no change add CR to LF add CR to LF add CR to LF add CR to LF

194 Section 12: Using Logical Printers AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Each logical printer can be set up using any standard Web browser or by directly editing the config file.

Notes: ❏ The examples in this section describes how you can configure the available logical printers using a standard Web browser. If you want to set them directly by editing the config file, just enter the values for the corresponding parameters.

❏ The examples should only be viewed as suggestions how to configure the logical printers. You should, off course, configure them according to the needs of your network.

❏ In Appendix B - The Parameter List, on page 131, you can find a complete list of the AXIS 570/670 parameters.

❏ Refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration, on page 161,

for more information about the available management tools.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 12: Using Logical Printers 195

Character Set

Conversion

A common problem in a multiple host environment is that different hosts use different ASCII character sets. As a result of this, language specific characters (such as å ü ô ñ) are sometimes printed incorrectly.

The AXIS 570/670 solution to this problem is to assign a character set conversion filter to a logical printer, and then link that logical printer to the host causing the problem.

You select your desired conversion filter by setting the Character Set

Conversion (PRx_CSET) parameter. The output from the conversion filter is always IBM PC Set 2 (Code Page 437), and this is the character set the printer must be set up for.

Example: Your network contains a host using the character set ISO 8859-2 and a host using the character set DEC. In order to direct their print jobs to the same printer, e.g. LPT1, you should assign each host to a separate logical printer, and install a character set conversion filter.

Follow the instructions below to change the conversion filter:

1. Select the Printer1 Web page.

2. Set the parameter Physical Port to LPT1.

3. Set the parameter Character Set Conversion to ISO>IBM.

4. Click the Submit Printer1 settings button.

5. Select the Printer2 Web page.

6. Set the parameter Physical Port to LPT1.

7. Set the parameter Character Set Conversion to DEC>IBM.

8. Click the Submit Printer2 settings button.

The ISO 8859-2 printer data that is sent to logical printer PR1 is converted to IBM PC Set 2 and is printed on LPT1. Similarly, the

DEC printer data that is sent to logical printer PR2 is converted to

IBM PC Set 2 and is printed on LPT1.

196 Section 12: Using Logical Printers AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Adding Strings Before and After Print Jobs

These string functions provide a way to send printer control commands before and after each print job. They may be specified individually for each logical printer.

All strings are entered as hexadecimal byte values.

Example: Assume that the logical printer PR5 is configured as a PostScript printer and that you want to append the PostScript End of File character (hex

) after each print job.

Follow the instructions below to add a string after the print job:

1. Select the Printer5 Web page.

2. Enter the string 04 in the String After Print Job text field.

3. Click the Submit Printer5 settings button.

Example: You have an HP LaserJet printer with dual input bins, and want to print on pre-printed forms when using the logical printer PR4. The standard forms are taken form bin 1, and the pre-printed forms are taken from bin 2. The string before print job should contain the command to select bin 2, E

C l4H

(hex

1B 26 6C 34 48

), and the string after print job should contain the command to select bin 1, E

C l1H

(hex

1B 26 6C 31 48

Follow the instructions below to add strings before and after the print job:

1. Select the Printer4 Web page.

2. Enter the string 1B 26 6C 34 48 in the String Before Print Job text field.

3. Enter the string 1B 26 6C 31 48 in the String After Print Job text field.

4. Click the Submit Printer4 settings button.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 12: Using Logical Printers 197

String Substitutions The string substitution function performs search and replace operations on the print data. The primary application is to replace printer control commands. Up to twenty string substitutions may be specified individually for each logical printer.

All strings must be entered as hexadecimal byte values, and each match and substitute string must be preceded by a count byte.

You substitute command strings by editing the String Substitutions

(PRx_STR) parameter.

Example: Assume that you want to replace the UNIX New Line (hex

) with an ASCII NewLine (hex

0D 0A

) for logical printer PR1.

Follow the instructions below to substitute command strings:

1. Select the Printer1 Web page.

2. Enter the string 01 0A 02 0D 0A in the String Substitutions text field.

Hex Code

0D 0A

Explanation length of the string you want to replace the string you want to replace length of the substitute string the substitute string

3. Click the Submit Printer1 settings button.

This is the default setting for logical printers PR5 through PR8.

198 Section 12: Using Logical Printers AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Example: Assume that you want to replace the UNIX New Line (hex

) with an ASCII NewLine (hex

0D 0A

), and the printer command E

(hex

1B 47 31

) with E

(hex

1B 59

) for logical printer PR2.

Follow the instructions below to substitute command strings:

1. Select the Printer2 Web page.

2. Enter the string 01 0A 02 0D 0A 03 1B 47 31 02 1B 59 in the

String Substitutions text field.

Hex code

0D 0A

1B 47 31

1B 59

Explanation length of the UNIX New Line command the UNIX New Line command length of the ASCII New Line command the ASCII New Line command length of the replaced printer command the replaced printer command length of the new printer command the new printer command

3. Click the Submit Printer2 settings button.

Note: ❏ Extensive use of string substitutions will naturally decrease the throughput rate of the AXIS 570/670.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 12: Using Logical Printers 199

ASCII to Postscript

Conversion

The AXIS 570/670 logical printers can translate ASCII print data into

PostScript format. This makes it possible to print with a PostScript printer from a host that does not support PostScript. The conversion is selected by activating a filter that converts ASCII data into

Postscript. This filter can be activated individually for each logical printer.

Activate your desired filter by setting the Printing Language

Translation (PRx_FILT) parameter.

Example: Follow the instructions below to convert ASCII print data to

PostScript for logical printer PR2:

1. Select the Printer2 Web page.

2. Set the Printer Language Translation parameter to POSTSCR.

3. Click the Submit Printer2 settings button.

If you select the parameter value AUTO_PS, the print data for every print job is searched and if any ASCII data is found, it is translated into PostScript. This setting is recommended if you are not sure if the print data is ASCII or PostScript.

PostScript Settings When a logical printer is set for PostScript conversion, you must specify the following:

• page size

• page orientation

• page formats

• which font is to be used

200 Section 12: Using Logical Printers AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

The default page size is A4 and the default page orientation is Portrait, while the page format parameters are:

Page Format Parameter Default Value

Lines per page

Characters per line

Characters per inch

Lines per inch

Left margin

Top margin

10.0

0=disable line wrap

60 = 60 lines per inch

30 = 3.0 mm

50 = 5.0 mm

The PostScript font can be any font that is installed in the printer; if no font is specified, Courier will be used.

Example: Follow the instructions below to set the PostScript parameters for logical printer PR2:

1. Select the Printer2 Web page.

2. Set the Printer Language Translation parameter to POSTSCR.

3. Set the PostScript Page Size parameter to LETTER.

4. Set the PostScript Page Orientation parameter to LANDS.

5. Enter the string 48 0 120 60 30 50 in the PostScript Page

Format text field.

Hex code

120

Explanation

48 lines per page disable line wrap

12 characters per inch

6 lines per inch

3 mm left margin

5 mm top margin

6. Enter the string Helvetica in the PostScript Font text field.

7. Click the Submit Printer2 settings button.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 12: Using Logical Printers 201

Redirecting Print Jobs when a printer is busy

If print data is received for a printer that is already busy, the host must wait. However, it is possible to use a logical printer to redirect the print data to another logical printer when the target printer is busy. If the second printer is also busy, the host must wait until the target printer is ready.

Example: Follow the instructions below to redirect PR1 print jobs to PR3, when the printer assigned to PR1 is busy:

1. Select the Printer1 Web page.

2. Set the Physical Port parameter to LPT1.

3. Set the Secondary Printer parameter to PR3.

4. Set the Wait On Busy parameter to NO.

5. Click the Submit Printer1 settings button.

6. Select the Printer3 Web page.

7. Set the Physical Port parameter to LPT2.

8. Click the Submit Printer3 settings button.

Notes: ❏ Logical Printer redirections cannot be nested. PR3, in the example above, cannot be redirected to another logical printer. The print job must wait if PR3 is busy as well.

❏ When the primary and secondary printers are busy, the print job will be printed on the printer that first finishes its active print job.

202 Section 12: Using Logical Printers AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Read-back of information

The AXIS 570/670 supports bi-directional printing. The information from the printer is read back on the parallel port when the parameter

Read Back Port (PRx_IN) has the default setting of AUTO. However, it is required that the printer also supports bi-directional printing.

Example: Follow the instructions below to disable the bi-directional communication for logical printer PR1:

1. Select the Printer1 Web page.

2. Set the Read Back Port parameter to NONE.

3. Click the Submit Printer1 settings button.

Debugging using the

Hex Dump Mode

When hex dump mode is activated, the print data is printed as hexadecimal byte values rather than characters; printer control commands are also printed as hex values. This allows you to inspect what control and print characters are being sent to the printer, which is a useful debugging facility for the more difficult printing problems.

Example: Follow the instructions below to activate the hex dump mode for PR3:

1. Select the Printer3 Web page.

2. Set the Hex Dump Mode Enabled radio button to YES.

3. Click the Submit Printer3 settings button.

Note: ❏ The page length for hex dump printouts is determined by the lines per page value of the PostScript page format parameter.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 13: Upgrading the software 203

Section 13 Upgrading the software

The following software can be upgraded free of charge:

• AXIS NetPilot configuration software

• AXIS ThinWizard

• AXIS Print Monitor for Windows 95/98 and Windows NT

• AXIS Print Utility for Windows

• AXIS Print Utility for OS/2

• The AXIS 570/670 print server software held in Flash Memory

• The axinstall script

• The AXIS MIB file

Obtaining the Updated Software

You can obtain all the print server software as well as the latest utility software from the following locations:

• AXIS Online CD

• Over the Internet, by accessing the AXIS home page at http://www.axis.com

• Anonymous ftp, by logging in to ftp.axis.com and accessing the folder /pub/axis/

• your local dealer

Note: ❏ If you are upgrading your print servers using AXIS ThinWizard, you do not need to obtain the firmware file prior to the upgrading process, provided that you are connected to the Internet.

204 Section 13: Upgrading the software AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Upgrading the firmware Software

You can upgrade the AXIS 570/670 Flash memory using one of the following methods:

• AXIS ThinWizard (TCP/IP)

• FTP (TCP/IP)

• AXIS NetPilot Upgrade Wizard (IPX/SPX)

Note: ❏ Updating instructions are also supplied with the software update.

Upgrading using

AXIS ThinWizard

AXIS ThinWizard is a tool that enables batch upgrading of several print servers and should be used for upgrading the flash memory in

TCP/IP networks.

You must assign the AXIS 570/670 with an IP address, as described in

Assigning an IP address, on page 36, before you can use this upgrading

method.

Follow the instructions below to upgrade your print servers using

AXIS ThinWizard:

1. Click the Manage Network button in the AXIS ThinWizard main menu.

2. Select a network group from the drop-down list. You can only update the servers that are included in the selected network group.

3. All AXIS servers included in the network group appear. Click the

Firmware button to start the Upgrade Wizard.

4. Follow the instructions that are presented to you to complete the installation.

Refer to Using AXIS ThinWizard, on page 166, for more information

about AXIS ThinWizard.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Section 13: Upgrading the software 205

Upgrading over the

Network using FTP

To upgrade over the network using FTP you will need the file with the new print server software. The name of this file is in the form product_version.bin

, e.g.

570_558.bin

for software release 5.58.

You can use any of the previously mentioned methods to obtain the new file.

You must assign the AXIS 570/670 with an IP address, as described in

Assigning an IP address, on page 36, before you can use this upgrading

method.

Follow the procedures below to upgrade the AXIS 570/670:

Caution!

❏ Be careful not to interrupt the file transfer. If the transfer is interrupted the AXIS 570/670 may have to be re-initialized by your dealer.

1. Log in to the AXIS 570/670 with the command: ftp <host name>

, or ftp <IP address>

2. You will be prompted for user id and password. Use the user id root

, which has the default password pass

3. Type the command binary to change to binary transfer mode.

4. Type the command put <software name> flash

, where

is the name of the new print server software, e.g.

570_558.bin

5. Wait for the Flash loading operation to finish. This normally takes 1 to 4 minutes. The unit automatically restarts with the new print server software.

6. Log out using the command quit, bye

or exit

depending on your FTP version.

Note: ❏ Should you encounter any problem that prevents a successful upgrade over your network, it may become necessary to perform the flash loading operation via the parallel port, LPT1. In this case, you are advised to contact your dealer.

206 Section 13: Upgrading the software AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Upgrading using

AXIS NetPilot

This method is recommended for upgrading the flash memory in

NetWare networks. An Upgrade Wizard is available to guide you through the necessary procedures.

Follow the instructions below to upgrade your print servers:

1. Obtain the firmware file, using one of the methods presented on page 203.

2. Put the file in the AXIS NetPilot ‘Upgrade’ folder. This folder resides in the same folder as the AXIS NetPilot program and was created when AXIS NetPilot was installed on your client.

3. Start the Upgrade Wizard by clicking on the Upgrade icon on the

AXIS NetPilot toolbar.

4. Proceed the installation by following the instructions that are presented to you in the Upgrade Wizard.

If you need more information, please refer to AXIS NetPilot on-line help.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 207

Appendix A SNA Parameter Overview

This appendix provides summary information for parameters that control the basic operation of the SNA communication, and IBM printer emulation. It further describes how these parameters may be changed.

An overview of how parameters are mapped during the autoconfiguration process is also provided.

208 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Communication Parameters

In most environments, the basic communication parameters need to be customized in order to establish a communication link to the host system. This includes setting the Host MAC Address and Host Name parameters in the Print Server. In this chapter you will find instructions on how to update these parameters.

SNA

Communications

Process

There are several parameters that control the basic operation of the

SNA communication, and IBM printer emulation. The diagram below shows how they relate to the SNA printing process.

SNA Communication

Settings

Network

Device Emulation

MAC Address

Service Access Point

Node ID

Network Name

LU Name

CP Name

IBM Printer

Settings

IBM Printer Emulation

System Language

Paper Size

Page Orientation

Printer Driver

Settings

ASCII Printer Driver

Printer

Schematic diagram displaying basic SNA operation and IBM printer emulation

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 209

Parameter Summary The following tables summarize SNA host communication parameters that must be considered when installing the AXIS 570/670.

The parameters are presented as:

• Common Mainframe and AS/400 parameters

• Mainframe specific parameters

• AS/400 specific parameters

Common Mainframe

& AS/400 Parameters

Parameter

DEVICE_EMUL

H1_ADDR

AUTODIAL

Name

Control Unit

Device

Emulation

Host MAC

Address

Automatic Link

Establishment

Default

3174

FF FF FF FF FF FF no

Description

This parameter controls the Control

Unit emulation mode. When set to

3174, the Print Server will appear as a

3174 PU 2.0 node to the host. This mode may be used for both mainframe and AS/400 environments.

When set to 5494, the Print Server will appear as a 5494 T2.1 node to the host. This is the recommended mode for the AS/400 environment. The 5494 mode cannot be used in the mainframe environment.

This is the Host Ethernet/Token Ring

MAC address. It is normally set to the

MAC address of the host.

When the Print Server is connected to the host through a gateway, this parameter should be set to the MAC address of the gateway. For a directly attached AS/400 system, this value is found in the "Line Description".

This parameter controls whether the print server will automatically try to establish the link when the print server is switched on, or if communication is lost.

When running 5494 CU mode, this parameter also controls whether

Automatic Configuration should be performed.

210 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Mainframe Specific

Parameters

Parameter

NODE_ID

Name

Node ID

Default

E07xxxxx, where

"xxxxx" are the last five digits of the

Print Server’s MAC address.

Description

This is the SNA PU identification.

The first 3 digits is the IDBLK and the last five is the IDNUM.

When defining a VTAM Switched

Major Node, this parameter should match the IDBLK and IDNUM values specified in the PU definition.

Hexadecimal characters (0-9 and A-F) only are allowed.

AS/400 Specific

Parameters

Parameter Name

NWORK_NAME Network

Name

Default

APPN

Emulation

5494 only

Description

This is the Print Server Network Name.

The value of this parameter is normally the same as the "Host Network Name", indicating that both the Print Server and the AS/400 system are located on the same APPN network.

The Network Name may comprise the letters A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter.

The letters used should all be in

UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 211

Parameter

LU_NAME

CP_NAME

(AXIS 570 and

AXIS 670 only)

H1_NW_NAME

Name

LU Name

Control Point

Name

Host Network

Name

Default

Axxxxxxx, where

"xxxxxxx" is the last 7 characters of the AXIS 570/670 serial number, in reverse order, e.g.

if s.no. =

00 40 8C 1B 06 D4 the default LU

Name =

A4D60B1C.

This will be the name of the APPC device and controller created during auto-configuration

Axxxxxxx, where

"xxxxxxx" is the last seven characters of the

Print Server serial number, in reverse order, i.e. a print server with serial number 00 40 8C

1B 06 D4 will have the default CP

Name A4D60B1C.

This will be the name of the APPC controller created during autoconfiguration.

APPN

Emulation

5494 only

5494 only.

Description

This parameter defines the LU name of the Print Server. The default value is normally used.

If an RWS controller for this Print

Server is already defined on the AS/400 system, you may issue the DSPCTLD command to make sure that this parameter matches the Remote location name (RMTLOCNAME).

The LU Name may comprise the letters

A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. The letters used should all be in UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.

This parameter defines the Control

Point name of the Print Server. The default value is normally used.

If an APPC controller for this Print

Server is already defined on the AS/400 system, you may issue the DSPCTLD command to make sure that this parameter matches the Remote control point name (RMTCPNAME).

The CP Name may comprise the letters

A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. The letters used should all be in UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.

This is the AS/400 Host System

Network Name.

This host parameter may be viewed by issuing the DSPNETA command on the

AS/400 system. It is presented as the

"Local network ID" (LCLNETID).

212 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Parameter

H1_LU_NAME

Name

Host LU Name

Default

DEFAULT

Emulation

5494 only

Description

This parameter defines the LU name of the AS/400 system that should match the Local location name

(LCLLOCNAME), defined in the AS/400 system. Issue the DSPNETA command to view LCLLOCNAME.

If a remote workstation for this Print

Server is already defined on the AS/400 system, issue the DSPCTLD command to ensure that this parameter matches

LCLLOCNAME. If the Local location name is set to *NETATR, you should use the DSPNETA command to view

LCLLOCNAME.

The Host LU Name may comprise the letters A-Z and/or numerals 0-9, but must begin with a letter. The letters used should all be in UPPERCASE and a maximum of 8 characters are allowed.

Updating parameters

This is most easily done when installing the AXIS 570/670 using the

Installation Wizard in AXIS NetPilot, which requires a computer running Windows attached to your LAN.

Alternatively, you can do the setting up using FTP, or HTTP from a

Web browser, or using extended IBM printer emulation. To set parameters using a Web browser, you first need to assign an IP address to the AXIS 570/670.

Using extended IBM printer emulation means setting up the AXIS

570/670 by printing a file containing extended IBM emulation commands to it after you have established communication with your

IBM host. The configuration is started by inserting the sequence

%CONFIG+ in your text. To protect your settings, a password must be provided. By default, the password is pass

. You may then set the parameter values directly using the syntax shown below:

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 213

Syntax:

<Parameter name> = <value> [, <value>];

When all parameters have been set the SAVE command saves the settings permanently. The %CONFIG command resumes normal printing. In order to maintain backward compatibility, some parameters must be preceded by a

%CONFIG++

command. See also

“Appendix I - The Parameter List” on page 263.

Example:

To set the parameters to their default values, enter the following in your document and print it.

%CONFIG+ password (If you have not changed the default password (pass), the password is optional.)

PRDRIVER = PCL5;

%CONFIG++

NODE_SAP = 4;

H1_SAP = 4;

AUTODIAL = NO;

%CONFIG--

PREMUL = 3816;

SYSL = 37;

BIN1 = LETTER, COR;

SAVE;

%CONFIG-

Changing Parameters after Autoconfiguration

If you want to change some of the critical configuration parameters after auto-configuration is completed, you should first set

AUTODIAL to NO, then remove all descriptions in the AS/400, and then change the parameter(s) and set AUTODIAL to YES to initiate a new configuration process.

214 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Auto-configuration and Mapping

The configuration created in the AS/400 and the mapping to the

AXIS 570/670 as a result of the auto-configuration process is illustrated by the figure below.

Configuration in the

AXIS 570/670

Logical Printer #1

Logical Printer #2

Logical Printer #3

LU 6.2 conversation

Logical mappings

Configuration in the

AS/400

APPC-controller

APPC-device

RWS-controller

Printer device #1

Printer device #2

Printer device #3

Illustration of the configuration created in the AS/400 and the mapping to the

AXIS 570/670 as a result of the auto-configuration

Printer Device

Descriptions

Through auto-configuration, the APPC controller, APPC device,

RWS controller as well as printer device descriptions for the logical printers, will be created automatically.

Controller and

Device Names

The names of the controllers and devices created in the AS/400 during auto-configuration are by default the last 7 digits from the 570/670 serial number in reverse order, preceded by the letter "A".

For example, serial number "00408C180102" will result in APPCcontroller "A201081C", APPC-device "A201081C" and RWScontroller "A2010RMT".

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview 215

Printer devices will be named "A201PRT01", A201PRT02",

A201PRT02"… The designation "PRTnn" corresponds to the logical printers in the Print Server, i.e. printer device "A201PRT01" will be mapped to Logical Printer #1. By default, all Logical Printers are mapped to the Physical Port LPT1.

Proceed to the SNA Printing - 5494 Mode, on page 51 to customize

the Print Server.

Notes: ❏ AXIS 570 and AXIS 670 only: The setting of the N_PRT_DEV parameter defines the maximum number of printer device descriptions that will be created. The default is 3, although a range of 1-8 is allowed.

❏ AXIS 570 and AXIS 670 only: If the N_PRT_DEV parameter is set to 3, device descriptions for local location addresses 01-03 are relevant. If the setting is 1, only local location address 01 will be available.

216 Appendix A: SNA Parameter Overview AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix B: SNA Gateways 217

Appendix B SNA Gateways

Gateway

Configuration, 3174

CU mode

Some hints specific to SNA gateways are given below.

• AXIS 570/670 appears to a gateway as a Down Stream Physical

Unit (DSPU), with eight LUs, 1 to 8 (LU 1 may not be available).

• Only gateways that communicate with DSPUs using SNA over

LLC type 2 are supported.

• There are basically two types of gateways that the AXIS 570/670 can be attached to: pass-through gateways and concentrator gateways, as described below.

Pass-through gateway Devices attached downstream to this type of gateway are completely visible to the host. In other words, each DSPU will have a PU definition on the host. Examples of pass-through gateways are IBM

3745 Communications Controller, IBM 3174 Establishment

Controller, IBM 3172 LAN Interconnect Controller, etc.

You need to set up at least one PU and LU definition for each AXIS

570/670 on the host, as described in the VTAM section.

When attaching an AXIS 570/670 to a remote pass-through gateway, you need to set the mapping of SDLC or sub-channel address to MAC address in the gateway.

Concentrator gateway, general

A concentrator gateway typically behaves as a PU (or a few PUs) to the host, even though a number of PUs may be available downstream. If it is an SDLC or channel attached gateway, typically only one SDLC or sub-channel address will be used. Examples of concentrator gateways are: IBM Communications Manager/2 (OS/2), Novell NetWare for

SAA (NetWare 3.x), Microsoft SNA Server (Windows NT), etc.

When an AXIS 570/670 is attached to this type of gateway, you can map the chosen AXIS 570/670 LU to any host LU you like. This way, several print servers may be accessed through the same gateway.

Pooling of LUs may not be used for AXIS 570/670.

218 Appendix B: SNA Gateways AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Note: ❏ If the LAN media at the remote (Print Server) location differs from that at the host location (e.g. Remote LAN = Ethernet and

Host LAN = Token Ring), the MAC address definitions must be modified, as outlined below:

Print Server Modifications:

The AXIS 570/670 Host MAC address (H1_MAC_ADDR) must be bit-order reversed for each byte, e.g. if the host address is 08005AB77D49 the converted address will be 10005AEDBE92

Host Modifications:

The required Host modifications are dependent upon the VTAM definition for the Major Node where the Print Server definition is placed.

• Case 1: VTAM Major Node definition is a Switched Major

Node.

The MAC address of the AXIS 570/670 must be bit-order reversed in the PATH entry. An AXIS 570 with a MAC/node address of 00408C1B06D4 will be defined using the

MAC/node address 000231D8602B as follows:

PA5701 PATH DIALNO=0104000231D8602B,

GID=1, PID=1, GRPNM=gggggg

• Case 2: VTAM Major Node definition is a Local Major

Node.

When using a channel attached controller as gateway to the host, the MAC address of the AXIS 570/670 is configured in the gateway. The address must be reversed, as in case 1 above.

Concentrator

Gateway, NetWare

This is an outline of the procedure for configuring to a Novell

NetWare for SAA v 2.0 Server. More information is provided in the

Support section of the Axis WWW Home Page.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix B: SNA Gateways 219

1. Customize the AUTOEXEC and STARTUP files on the server.

Add the LOAD statements for the LAN and WAN cards, the

BTRIEVE database, and the NetWare for SAA 2.0 Gateway i.e. LOAD COMMEXEC and LOAD NWSAA.

2. Configure the Communication Executive (this and the following subjects are done on a WorkStation).

3. Configure SNA Network ID. Either change the default value or let it stay on default.

4. Configure Data Link Adapters. The configuration is done on the

Data Link Adapters Definitions screen by pressing insert for a new adapter config, then you always enter the Logical adapter name, Link type, Logical adapter number and Service status.

5. Configure PU and LUs. On the Configure PU Profile screen you can set default LU attributes, starting dependent LU address, number of dependent LUs, give CP a name, enable off-line test mode, status assignment of LUs activated by host, status call host at workstation attach, status PU profile start-up and logical adapter name. On the Configure Dependent LUs screen you can set VTAM LU name, lock for a session, LU type and model and preserve host session.

6. Assign LU Resources and Access Control Lists (ACLs). On the

Configure Dedicated LUs you can dedicate a LU to a person or device or group of persons. This person(s) is described in the access control lists.

7. Configure Downstream PU. Choose Configure Downstream PUs and press insert. Give it a name and fill in starting LU address or leave at default, type in number of DownStream LUs and logical adapter name:

Example:

Configure Downstream PU Connection

Downstream PU name (CP name): _____________________________DPUname

Starting downstream LU address: ___________________________2

Number of downstream LUs: _________________________________1

Logical adapter name: _____________________________________

220 Appendix B: SNA Gateways AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

The CSCON adds new parameters according to the adapter type you have set. The resulting screen can look like this:

Example:

Netware Comm Services Config V2.0 Wednesday 1996 September 4 16.27

Configure LUs for Downstream PUs _______________Downstream PU: AXIS570

DLU __Address __PU Profile __LU Address __LU Type __Model __VTAM LU Name

002 __(0x02) ____SAA_MAIN ____15 (0x0F) __Printer __________________ACP4

Concentrator gateway, Microsoft

This is an outline of the procedure for configuring to a Microsoft SNA

Server. More information is provided in the Support section of the

Axis WWW Home Page.

1. Configure host connection.

2. Configure downstream connection.

3. Select host connection and assign one or more DownStream LUs to it.

4. Select downstream connection and associate the DownStream

LUs (from step 3) with that connection.

5. If necessary, reorder the DownStream LU numbers, that is, the

LU numbers used by the downstream system.

6. To connect multiple PUs (boxes) repeat steps 2-5.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation 221

Appendix C Extended IBM Printer

Emulation

When printing from an IBM host, the AXIS 570/670 allows you to make use of the following printer functions not found in standard

IBM printers:

• Configuration Mode

• Hex Transparency

• User Defined Strings

• String Substitutions

• Bar Codes

• Font Selection.

This appendix provides a brief overview of some of these functions.

Please refer to the AXIS 570/670 Technical Reference (supplied on the AXIS Online CD) for further information.

Configuration Mode The Configuration Mode provides a way to configure your AXIS

570/670 from your IBM system.

User Defined Strings The User Definable Strings are a set of 256 programmable sequences.

The UDS are useful for storing long sequences, such as printer function sequences, within the AXIS 570/670. Each sequence can be activated by inserting a short control command in your documents.

String Substitutions The String Substitution function searches the output data stream for specified sequences of AIC characters (Match Strings), and substitutes them with other sequences (Substitute Strings). Up to 128 pairs of

Match/Substitute Strings may be defined.

222 Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Font Selection Fonts can be selected directly by FGID (Extended Emulation commands or SCS SFG commands) or indirectly by pitch SCS

SCD/SPD commands.

Notes:

❏ SFG control code is only supported by Twinax page printer emualations.

❏ Matrix printers only support a few fonts.

Hex Transparency The Transparency function allows you to send ASCII data to the printer directly from the host application. The data may be Postscript,

PCL, HP-GL or any other language supported by the printer. This gives you access to all the features of the connected printer from within the IBM environment.

When the percent and less-than characters (%<) are received, the

AXIS 570/670 will switch to hex transparency mode. The following data (given as hexadecimal byte values or quoted text) is passed directly to the printer without any conversion. The hex transparency mode continues until the greater-than and percent characters (>%) are received.

Example:

The following example shows how to embed HP-PCL ‘start underline’ (

<ESC>&d0D

) and ‘stop underline’ (

<ESC>&d0@

) commands in your documents:

The word %<1B26643044>%underline%<1B266440>% is underlined.

You may use %<1B,"&d0D">%quoted text%<1B,"&d0@">% as well.

Resulting printout:

The word underline is underlined

You may use quoted text as well.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation 223

Bar Codes The bar code function gives you easy access to a range of standard bar code types resident in the AXIS 570/670. Bar codes can only be printed on PCL printers.

Before the bar codes can be printed, a bar code format has to be defined. This format sets the type and size of the bar code to be printed. Up to 16 such formats can be predefined. The definitions are made by setting up the BAR parameter.

The BAR parameter takes several arguments, separated by commas, as shown below:

BAR <number>=<type>,<width>,<height>,<text mode>,

<check mode>;

• number is the bar code definition number in the range 0–15. This number is used to refer to the definition when printing the bar code.

• type is the predefined bar code type. Valid values are:

Value

CODE39

UPCA

EAN8

EAN13

Description

Code 39

UPC version A

EAN-8

EAN-13

Value Description

CODE128 Code 128

INT2OF5 2 of 5 Interleaved

CODABAR Codabar matrix

• width is the bar code module width in 1/1000 inch. Valid range is

1 to 1000. The default value is 12.

• height is the bar code element height in 1/24 inch. Valid range is

1 to 500. The default value is 12.

• text mode selects if human readable text is printed under the bar code or not. ‘YES’ or ‘ON’ will turn on text, ‘NO’ or ‘OFF’ will turn off text. The default mode is ‘ON’.

• check mode selects if a check digit will be generated or not. ‘YES’ or ‘ON’ will generate a check digit, ‘NO’ or ‘OFF’ will not generate a check digit. The default mode is ‘ON’. The check digit will always be generated for bar code types UPCA, EAN8 and

EAN13, regardless of the setting of check mode.

To set up the BAR parameter it is convenient to use the

%CONFIG

224 Appendix C: Extended IBM Printer Emulation AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual command in your document. To print bar codes, bar code commands may be included anywhere in your documents. They begin with

‘percent-slash’ (

) followed by the word BAR. Then follows the number of the bar code definition to be used, a comma, and the sequence to be printed. The command is ended by a semi-colon (;).

Example 1:

Setting up the bar code parameters and printing bar codes.

%CONFIG+

BAR 0 = EAN8,12,4,ON;

BAR 1 = EAN8,12,8,ON;

SAVE;

%CONFIG-

%/BAR 0,"0123456"; %/BAR 1,"0123456";

Example 2:

Once the BAR parameter has been set up, you will only need to use the bar code commands to print the bar codes.

%/BAR 0,"0123456"; %/BAR 1,"0123456";

Resulting printout:

0123 4565

AXIS Cobra products compatibility

The AXIS 570/670 supports a subset of the AXIS Cobra products’ extended printer emulation syntax, including the bar codes syntax.

Please refer to the Technical Reference for more information.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix D: IBM Fonts 225

Appendix D IBM Fonts

Font Selection,

Coax Printer

Emulations

Fonts can be indirectly selected by the IBM system using pitch selection (CPI). In order to gain full access to the fonts the AXIS

570/670 offers an alternative font selection command. Please note that matrix printers only support a few fonts.

Font selection commands may be included anywhere in your documents. They begin with ‘percent-slash’ (

) followed by the word

FONT and the font number (Font Global Identifier, FGID). An optional point size value, preceded by a comma, may be included. The command is ended by a semi-colon (

;

Example:

The following example shows how to select the 10 CPI Courier

(fixed pitch) font.

%/FONT 11;This is 10 CPI Courier

Resulting printout:

This is 10 CPI Courier

Font Selection,

Twinax Printer

Emulations

Fonts are selected by a FGID (Font Global Identifier) and mapped to a printer resident PCL font, selected to make a close match to the original IBM font. The IBM to PCL font mapping is controlled by the Font Definition Table. All entries in this table are fully editable, and you can also add new entries.

Notes:

❏ Refer to Appendix H - DBCS Support for details on DBCS font

types supported by the AXIS 570/670.

226 Appendix D: IBM Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Available Fonts The fixed pitch fonts are not scalable. If a Point Size is specified, it will be used to compress or expand the character spacing. (

%/FONT

11,105;

will compress the 10 CPI font to 10.5 CPI without changing the size of the characters).

Pitch 5 CPI Fonts

Pitch 8 CPI Fonts

Pitch 10 CPI Fonts

FGID

244

245

266

IBM Font Name

Courier 5

Courier Bold 5

Courier Bold 8

OCR-B

Orator

Courier 10

Prestige Pica

Artisan 10

Courier Italic 10

OCR-A

Pica

Math Symbol 10

Orator Bold

Gothic Bold 10

Gothic Text 10

Roman Text 10

Serif Text 10

Serif Italic 10

Courier Bold 10

Prestige Bold 10

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix D: IBM Fonts 227

Pitch 12 CPI Fonts

Pitch 13.3 CPI Fonts

Pitch 15 CPI Fonts

Pitch 17 CPI Fonts

Pitch 18 CPI Fonts

Pitch 20 CPI Fonts

Pitch 25 CPI Fonts

Pitch 26.7 CPI Fonts

252

253

254

258

281

289

290

204

221

223

225

229

230

108

110

111

112

FGID

IBM Font Name

Gothic Text 12

Gothic Italic 12

Gothic Bold 12

Serif Text 12

Serif Italic 12

Serif Bold 12

Math Symbol 12

Script

Courier 12

Prestige Elite

Letter Gothic 12

Light Italic 12

Courier Bold 12

Letter Gothic Bold

Prestige Elite Bold

Prestige Elite Italic

Gothic Text 13

Prestige 15

Courier 15

Math Symbol 15

Serif Text 15

Gothic Text 15

Courier 17

Courier Bold 17

Courier 17 (sub/super)

Courier 18

Gothic Text 20

Gothic Text 25

Gothic Text 27

228 Appendix D: IBM Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Proportional PSM Fonts

Proportional Typographic Fonts

(Fixed Point Size)

751

1051

1053

1056

1351

1653

2103

FGID

155

158

159

160

162

163

173

175

IBM Font Name

Boldface Italic

Modern

Boldface

Essay

Essay Italic

Essay Bold

Essay Light

Document

Sonoran-Serif 8-pt Roman Medium

Sonoran-Serif 10-pt Roman Medium

Sonoran-Serif 10-pt Roman Bold

Sonoran-Serif 10-pt Roman Italic

Medium

Sonoran-Serif 12-pt Roman Medium

Sonoran-Serif 16-pt Roman Bold

Sonoran-Serif 24-pt Roman Bold

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix D: IBM Fonts 229

Proportional Typographic Fonts

(Scalable - User Defined FGIDs)

FGID

3840

3865

3866

3867

3868

3869

3870

3871

3872

3857

3858

3859

3860

3861

3862

3863

3864

3873

3874

3875

3876

3877

3849

3850

3851

3852

3853

3854

3855

3856

3841

3842

3843

3844

3845

3846

3847

3848

IBM Font Name

CG Times

CG Times Bold

CG Times Italic

CG Times Bold Italic

CG Omega

CG Omega Bold

CG Omega Italic

CG Omega Bold Italic

Coronet

Clarendon Condensed

Univers Medium

Univers Bold

Univers Medium Italic

Univers Bold Italic

Univers Medium Condensed

Univers Bold Condensed

Univers Medium Condensed Italic

Univers Bold Condensed Italic

Antique Olive

Antique Olive Bold

Antique Olive Italic

Garamond Antiqua

Garamond Halbfett

Garamond Kursiv

Garamond Kursiv Halbfett

Marigold

Albertus Medium

Albertus Extra Bold

Arial

Arial Bold

Arial Italic

Arial Bold Italic

Times New

Times New Bold

Times New Italic

Times New Bold Italic

Symbol

Wingdings

230 Appendix D: IBM Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Proportional Typographic Fonts

(Scalable Point Size)

FGID

5687

33601

33719

33729

34103

34123

34231

34251

41783

41803

41911

41931

16971

17079

17099

33335

33355

33463

33483

33591

5707

5815

5835

6199

6219

6327

6347

16951

IBM Font Name

Times Roman

Times Roman Bold

Times Roman Italic

Times Roman Bold Italic

Palatino

Palatino Bold

Palatino Italic

Palatino Bold Italic

Century Schoolbook

Century Schoolbook Bold

Century Schoolbook Italic

Century Schoolbook Bold Italic

Optima

Optima Bold

Optima Italic

Optima Bold Italic

Futura Book

Futura Heavy

Futura Book Italic

Futura Heavy Italic

Helvetica

Helvetica Bold

Helvetica Italic

Helvetica Bold Italic

Cursive

Cursive Bold

Cursive Italic

Cursive Bold Italic

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting 231

Appendix E IBM Print Formatting

This Appendix provides general parameter information relating to non-IPDS IBM print formatting.

IBM Printer Emulation The following tables display the valid printer emulations that can be used in coax and twinax printer emulations.

Coax Printer

Emulations

Parameter Default Printer Emulation

Options

PREMUL 3816_cx 3812_cx

*3816_cx

3287_cx

3268_cx

3262_cx

4214_cx

4224_cx

4230_cx

Printer Description

IBM 3812 model 2 non-IPDS, page printer

IBM 3816 models 01A and 01D non-IPDS, page printer with 5219 diskette

IBM 3287 model 2C, matrix printer

IBM 3268 model 2C, matrix printer

IBM 3262 models 3 and 13, matrix printer

IBM 4214 model 1 matrix printer

IBM 4224 model 2 non-IPDS, matrix printer

IBM 4230 model 201 matrix printer

232 Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Twinax Printer

Emulations

Parameter

Name

Default Printer Emulation

Options

PREMUL 3816_cx 3812_tx

3816_tx

4214_tx

5224_tx

5225_tx

5256_tx

4230_tx

Printer Description

IBM 3812 model 1 and 2 page printer

IBM 3816 models 01S and 01D, page printer with 5219 diskette

IBM 4214 model 2 matrix printer

IBM 5224 models 1 and 2, matrix printer

IBM 5225 models 1 through 4, matrix printer

IBM 5256 models 1 through 3, matrix printer

IBM 4230 model 101 matrix printer

System Languages The following tables describe the valid system languages that can be used in coax and twinax mode.

Coax mode

Parameter

Name

Default Value Description

SYSL 37 US English *37 US English, Portuguese Alternate and Canadian Bilingual

260

273

274

275

277

278

280

281

282

284

285

Canadian French

Austrian/German

Belgian

Brazilian

Value

286

Danish/Norwegian

Swedish/Finnish

Italian

Japanese English

Portuguese 892

Spanish and Spanish Speaking 893

UK English USER

297

361

500

871

287

288

289

293

User defined system language

Austrian/German Alternate

Danish/Norwegian Alternate

Swedish/Finnish Alternate

Spanish

APL

French Azerty

International Typographic

Internat. Set 5 & Swiss Bilingual

Icelandic

OCR-A

OCR-B

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting 233

Twinax mode

Parameter

Name

Default Value Description

SYSL 37 US English * 37 US English, Portuguese Alternate and Canadian Bilingual

256 New Spanish Word Processing

273 Austrian/German

274 Belgian

275 Brazilian

277 Danish/Norwegian

278 Swedish/Finnish

280 Italian

Value User defined system language

281

282

284

285

297

500

871

USER

Japanese English

Portuguese

Spanish and Spanish Speaking

UK English

French Azerty

Internat. Set 5 & Swiss Bilingual

Icelandic

Notes: ❏ For other languages the USER language can be used and edited.

❏ Visit the Axis WWW Home Page at http://www.axis.com/ for more information on how to edit the character translation tables.

Paper Size If you are not using AXIS NetPilot™ to install your AXIS 570/670, you must set the paper size for each printer paper bin separately using the BIN1–BIN6, MANUAL, ENVELOPE and CONTINUOUS parameters.

234 Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Parameters Default

The parameters take two values, orientation and paper size.The following tables describe the paper sizes that can be used in coax and twinax mode.

BIN1 - BIN 6,

MANUAL,

ENVELOPE,

CONTINUOUS

LETTER

Printer Emulation

Options

EXEC

LETTER

LEGAL

MON

C10

CUSTOM

Printer Description

7.25

8.5

10.5 inches

11 inches

8.5

14 inches

210

297 mm (8.27

◊

11.69 inches)

297

420 mm (11.69

◊

16.54 inches)

250

353 mm (10.12

◊

14.33 inches)

3.8

7.5 inches (Monarch envelopes)

4.1

9.4 inches (COM-10 envelopes)

4.3

8.6 inches (DL envelopes)

User defined size (see AXIS Network Print Server

Technical Reference for details)

Paper Orientation The following table describes the valid paper options:

Parameters Default

BIN1 - BIN 6,

MANUAL,

ENVELOPE,

CONTINUOUS

COR

Printer Emulation

Options

COR

PORT

LAND

Printer Description

Computer Output Reduction (COR) is enabled.

Use portrait as default print orientation.

Use landscape as default print orientation

Notes: ❏ COR printouts require a Laser Printer with the following characteristics:

• Landscape orientation.

• Vertically compressed to 70%.

• Horizontally compressed by using a font of higher character density.

• Top and left margins of 0.5 inches each by default.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting 235

ASCII Printer Driver This parameter should match the printer type you have connected to your AXIS 570/670:

Parameter Default

PRDRIVER PCL5

Printer Emulation

Options

GENERIC

PCL5

PCL4

IBM_PRO

EPSON_FX

EPSON_LQ

USER

Printer Description

Generic Printer Driver

PCL5 printer

PCL4 printer

IBM Proprinter

Epson FX

Epson LQ

Editable Printer Driver.

Notes: ❏ If you wish to edit the control sequences within a printer driver, the USER driver must be selected. See AXIS Network Print Server

Technical Reference for details. The Technical Reference is available on the AXIS Online CD.

❏ The printer driver chosen for the AXIS 570/670 is common to both its two parallel ports and serial port. It is not possible to configure different drivers for each port.

236 Appendix E: IBM Print Formatting AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix F: IPDS Parameter Overview 237

Appendix F IPDS Parameter Overview

Before you print IPDS data streams, a set of basic parameters should be set. The following IPDS parameters displays the most important IPDS parameters:

Default value

Parameter

Virtual Memory Kb

True Color Support

Duplex Support

IPDS System Language

Bin x Paper size

Default Input Bin

Parameter short name

PS_VM.

PS_COLSUP

PS_DUPSUP

IPDS_SYSL.

PS_BINx

PS_DIB

2000

Disabled

Enabled

37 (US-English)

Letter

Bin 1

Note: ❏ The ‘x’ in Bin x paper size and PS_BINx denotes any of the five supported paper bins.

Virtual

Memory Kb

This value defines how much memory the AXIS 570/670 can use in the

PostScript printer for storing resources. This value must match the memory size of your printer.

The default value is 2000 kbytes.

True Color

Support

The Color Support setting determines how color information is to be interpreted. Enabled means that color commands are sent to the printer.

Disabled means that color information is converted to black-and-white patterns.

The default setting is Disabled.

Duplex Support The Duplex Support setting determines whether duplex support for the attached printer shall be reported to the host. Enabled means that duplex commands are transferred to the printer. Disabled means that duplex printing is not supported.

The default setting is disabled.

238 Appendix F: IPDS Parameter Overview AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

IPDS System

Language

The AXIS 570/670 must be set up for the System Language of your IBM system configuration in order to obtain correct language specific characters.

The default selection is US English (Code Page 37).

The following table describes the valid IPDS system languages:

285

286

287

288

277

278

280

281

Value Description

*37 US English, Portuguese Alternate and Canadian Bilingual

256

259

260

273

274

275

282

284

International set 1

Symbols set 7

Value

289

Canadian French

Austrian/German

Belgian

Brazilian

Danish/Norwegian

Swedish/Finnish

Italian

Japanese English

500

803

Portuguese 870

Spanish and Spanish Speaking 871

420

423

424

437

290

293

297

361

User defined system language

Spanish Alternate

Japanese-Katakana

APL

French Azerty

International Typographic

Arabic Bilingual

Greek 183

Hebrew

Multinational

Internat. Set 5 & Swiss Bilingual

Hebrew Character Set A latin 2 Multilingual

Icelandic

UK English

Austrian/German Alternate

Danish/Norwegian Alternate

Swedish/Finnish Alternate

880

892

893

1026

Cyrillic Multilingual

OCR-A

OCR-B

Latin 5

Bin x Paper Size The physical paper size selection must match the actual paper size you are using for Bin x. The predefined sizes are Executive, Letter, Legal, A4, and

A3.

The default size is A4.

If you are using another paper format, select Custom. This selection requires that you define the paper size by setting the parameters Physical

Paper Length and Physical Paper Width to the appropriate values.

Default Input Bin This selection defines which input paper bin should be used as default at power up.

The default selection is Bin 1.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix G: IPDS Fonts 239

Appendix G IPDS Fonts

This section describes how IPDS fonts are handled by the AXIS 570/670.

There are two different approaches to font handling:

• downloading fonts from the host.

• using fonts that are already resident in the printer.

Both methods are supported by the AXIS 570/670.

Host Downloaded Fonts

IPDS provides functions for downloading fonts from the host computer.

The font resolutions of 240 and 300 dpi are automatically converted by

AXIS 570/670 to the resolution of the attached PostScript printer.

Note: ❏ AS/400 downloaded fonts requires [AFP = *YES] in the AS/400 device description.

Font Smoothing A downloaded 240 dpi font may appear jagged when printed on a 300 dpi printer. The AXIS 570/670 uses a font smoothing feature to enhance the appearance of these fonts. The font smoothing may be disabled if you want to speed up the font loading or if your printer has insufficient

PostScript virtual memory.

❏ The font smoothing is optimized for printers with 300 dpi resolution. If your printer has a resolution of 600 dpi or higher, the smoothing effect will be less significant. In these cases we recommend you to disable the font smoothing to avoid the reduction in performance.

240 Appendix G: IPDS Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Printer Resident Fonts

The rest of this section deals with printer resident fonts. The table in

Supported Resident Fonts, on page 242, lists all IBM fonts that are

recognized by the AXIS 570/670, and the corresponding PostScript printer fonts. The non-standard PostScript fonts are resident in the AXIS

570/670 (OCR-B is one example), so you do not need font cards etc. to use the listed fonts.

In IPDS mode, printer resident fonts can be selected by the system referring to the FGID (Font Global IDentifier) and FW (Font Width).

AXIS 570/670 supports a large set of resident fonts.

Note: ❏ (IBM Mainframe only) For PSF systems, resident fonts need to be mapped to the host font name and code page. In PSF/MVS, this is done using the APSRMARK utility and in PSF/VM using the

APRFTBLV (RSCS) or APRFTIDB files. For more information, refer to the PSF/MVS and PSF/VM manuals.

The FGIDs are grouped according to the following table:

FGID (hex)

0001 - 0041

0042 - 0099

009A - 00C8

00C9 - 00D2

00D3 - 00EF

00F0 - 00F7

00F8 - 0103

0104 - 0111

0112 - 0117

0118 - 011B

011C - 0120

0121 - 012B

012C - 01FF

FGID (dec)

1 -65

66 - 153

154 - 200

201 - 210

208 - 239

240 - 247

248 - 259

260 - 273

274 - 279

280 - 283

284 - 288

289 - 299

300 - 511

8 CPI

17 CPI

20 CPI

25 CPI

27 CPI

10 CPI

TYPE

10 CPI

12 CPI

Proportional PSM

13 CPI

15 CPI

5 CPI

17 CPI

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

0200 - 0EFF

0F00 - 0FFF

1000 - FFFE

512 - 3839

3840 - 4095

4096 - 65534

Appendix G: IPDS Fonts 241

Typographic

User Defined Fonts

Typographic

242 Appendix G: IPDS Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Supported Resident Fonts

The following table shows the IBM fonts that are recognized by the AXIS

570/670 as valid resident font selections. The actual PostScript printer font is also listed.

All fonts marked with an ‘@’ are close in appearance to the original, and are reported to the host as supported resident fonts.

All fonts marked with a ‘%’ are dynamically scalable to any point size by

specifying a font width, see Scalable Fonts, on page 253.

PostScript Font Notes

FGID hex dec

0003 3 hex

FW dec

IBM Font Name

0090 144 OCR-B.10

0005

000B

000D

0012

0090

144

Orator.10

Courier.10

Artisan.10

Courier.italic.10

0026

0027

0028

0029

0014

001A

001E

0024

0090

144

Pica.10

Matrix.Gothic.10

Math-symbol.10

Letter-Gothic.10

Orator.bold.10

Gothic-text.bold.10

Gothic-text.10

Roman-text.10

002A

002B

002C

002D

002E

0090 144 Serif-text.10

0090 144 Serif-text.italic.10

0090 144 Katakana-gothic.10

0090 144 APL.10

0090 144 Courier.bold.10

OCRB

Courier

Courier-Oblique

Courier

LetterGothic

Courier-Bold

OCR B-Bold

OCR B

OCR B-Italic

Courier

Courier-Bold

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix G: IPDS Fonts 243

0057

005B

006C

006D

006E

006F

0070

009B

009E

009F

00A0

00A2

00A3

Notes FGID hex dec

0032 50

FW hex dec

IBM Font Name

0090 144 Shalom.bold.10

@ 0039

003C

0042

0044

0090 144 Courier.italic.bold.10

0090 144 Prestige.bold.10

0078 120 Gothic-text.12

0078 120 Gothic-text.italic.12

0050

0054

0055

0056

0045

0046

0047

0048

0078

120

Gothic-text.bold.12

Serif-text.12

Serif-text.italic.12

Serif-text.bold.12

Math-symbol.12

Script.12

Courier.12

Prestige.12

110

111

112

155

108

109

158

159

160

162

163

0078 120 Letter-Gothic.12

0078 120 Light.italic.12

0078 120 Courier.bold.12

0078 120 Letter-Gothic.italic.12

0078 120 Letter-Gothic.bold.12

0078 120 Prestige.bold.12

0078 120 Prestige.italic.12

0078 120 Boldface.italic.PSM

0078 120 Modern.PSM

0078 120 Boldface.PSM

0078 120 Essay.PSM

0078 120 Essay.italic.PSM

0078 120 Essay.bold.PSM

PostScript Font

Courier-Bold

Courier-Bold-Oblique

Courier-Bold

OCR B

OCR B-Italic

OCR B-Bold

OCR B

OCR B-Italic

OCR B-Bold

Courier

Courier-Oblique

Courier

LetterGothic

Courier-Oblique

Courier-Bold

LetterGothic-Italic

LetterGothic-Bold

Courier-Bold

Courier-Oblique

Time-BoldItalic

Times-Roman

Times-Bold

Helvetica

Helvetica-Oblique

Helvetica-Bold

244 Appendix G: IPDS Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Notes

FGID hex dec

00A8 168 hex

FW dec

IBM Font Name

0078 120 Barak.bold.PSM

00AD

00AF

00B1

00CC

00D6

00DD

00DE

00DF

00E1

00E3

00E5

00E6

00F4

00F5

00FC

00FD

00FE

173

175

177

204

214

221

222

223

225

227

229

230

244

245

252

253

254

PostScript Font

Times-Bold

Helvetica 0078 120 Essay.light.PSM

0078 120 Document.PSM

Time-Roman

Times-BoldItalic 0078 120 Bold.italic.PSM

006C 108 Gothic.text.13

OCRB

Courier-Bold 0060 96

0060 96

Courier.bold.15

Prestige.15

Courier

OCRB 0060 96

0060 96

Gothic.15

Courier.15

Courier

Courier 0060 96

0060 96

Math-symbol.15

Letter-Gothic.15

LetterGothic

OCR B 0060 96

0060 96

Serif-text.15

Gothic-text.15

0056 86

OCR B

Courier 0120 288 Courier.5

0120 288 Courier.bold.5

0056 86

Courier-Bold

Courier Courier.17

Courier.bold.17

Courier-Bold

Courier.17 sub/superscript Courier @

@ 00FF

0106

255

262

0056 86 Matrix-Gothic.17

00B4 180 Courier.8

LetterGothic

Courier @

@ 0112

0118

274

280

0056 86

0048 72

Letter-Gothic.17

APL.20

LetterGothic

Courier

0119

011D

0122

02EF

281

285

290

751

0048

003C

0036

Gothic-text.20

Letter-Gothic.25

Gothic-text.27

Sonoran-serif.8pt

LetterGothic

Times-Roman

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix G: IPDS Fonts 245

Notes

114B

11B7

11CB

4535

4555

4427

4555

1137

114B

114B hex

FGID dec

041B 1051

041D

0420

1053

1056 hex

FW dec

0042 66

IBM Font Name

Sonoran-serif.10pt

0042 66

Sonoran-serif.bold.10pt

Sonoran-serif.italic.10pt

0547

0675

1351

1653

004E 78 Sonoran-serif.12pt

006C 108 Sonoran-serif.bold.16pt

0837

0F00 to

0F7F

2103

3840 to

3967

00A2 162 Sonoran-serif.bold.24pt

any any User Definable Fonts

4407

4427

002A

0036

003C

0042

0048

004E

003C

0042

Sonoran-serif.6pt

Sonoran-serif.8pt

Sonoran-serif.9pt

Sonoran-serif.10pt

Sonoran-serif.11pt

Sonoran-serif.12pt

Sonoran-serif.bold.9pt

Sonoran-serif.bold.10pt

PostScript Font

Times-Roman

Times-Bold

Times-Italic

Times-Roman

Times-Bold

Times-Bold any

Times-Roman

Times-Bold

0060 96 Sonoran-serif.bold.14pt

006C 108 Sonoran-serif.bold.16pt

0084 132 Sonoran-serif.bold.20pt

00A2 162 Sonoran-serif.bold.24pt

003C 60

0042 66

0048 72

003C 60

Sonoran-serif.italic.9pt

Sonoran-serif.italic.10pt

Times-Bold

Times-Italic

Sonoran-serif.italic.11pt

Times-Italic

Sonoran-serif.bold.italic.9pt

Times-BoldItalic

0042 66

004E 78

Sonoran-serif.bold.italic.10pt Times-BoldItalic

Sonoran-serif.bold.italic.12pt Times-BoldItalic

0078 120 Sonoran-serif.bold.italic.18pt Times-BoldItalic

246 Appendix G: IPDS Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Notes hex

FGID dec

11CB 4555

4237

424B

42B7

42CB hex

FW dec

IBM Font Name

0084 132 Sonoran-serif.bold.italic.20pt

PostScript Font

Times-BoldItalic

NewCenturySchlbk 16951 0066 102 Century Schoolbook.12 pt

16951 0078 120 Century Schoolbook.14 pt NewCenturySchlbk

NewCenturySchlbk-Bold 16971 0066 102 Century Schoolbook.bold.12 pt

16971 0078 120 Century Schoolbook.bold.14 pt NewCenturySchlbk-Bold

NewCenturySchlbk-Italic 17079 0066 102 Century Schoolbook.italic.12 pt

17079 0078 120 Century Schoolbook.italic.14 pt NewCenturySchlbk-Italic

17099 0066 102 Century Schoolbook.bold.italic12 pt NewCenturySchlbk-Bo-It

42CB

1637

17099 0078 120 Century Schoolbook.bold.italic.14 pt NewCenturySchlbk-Bo-It

5687

0028

0035

0043

Times.Roman.6pt

Times.Roman.8pt

Times.Roman.10pt

Times-Roman

1637

164B

5687

5707

0050 80

005D 93

0078 120 Times.Roman.18pt

00A0 160 Times.Roman.24pt

0028 40

0035 53

0043 67

0050 80

Times.Roman.12pt

Times.Roman.14pt

Times.bold.6pt

Times.bold.8pt

Times.bold.10pt

Times.bold.12pt

Times-Roman

Times-Bold

164B

16B7

5707

5815

005D 93 Times.bold.14pt

0078 120 Times.bold.18pt

00A0 160 Times.bold.24pt

0028 40 Times.italic.6pt

0035 53

0043 67

Times.italic.8pt

Times.italic.10pt

Times-Bold

Times-Italic

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Notes hex

FGID dec

16B7 5815 @%

@% 16B7

16B7

5815

5815 @%

@% 16B7

16CB

5815

5835 @%

@% 16CB

16CB

5835

5835 @%

@% 16CB

16CB

5835

5835 @%

@% 16CB

16CB

5835

5835 @%

@% 8537

8537 hex

0050

005D

0078

00A0

0028

0035

0043

0050

005D

0078

00A0

FW dec

120

160

120

160

34103 0028 40

34103 0035 53

IBM Font Name

Times.italic.12pt

Times.italic.14pt

Times.italic.18pt

Times.italic.24pt

Times.bold.italic.6pt

Times.bold.italic.8pt

Times.bold.italic.10pt

Times.bold.italic.12pt

Times.bold.italic.14pt

Times.bold.italic.18pt

Times.bold.italic.24pt

Helvetica.6pt

Helvetica.8pt

@% 8537

8537

34103 0043 67

34103 0050 80

Helvetica.10pt

Helvetica.12pt

@% 8537

8537

34103 005D 93 Helvetica.14pt

34103 0078 120 Helvetica.18pt

@% 8537

854B

34103 00A0 160 Helvetica.24pt

34123 0028 40 Helvetica.bold.6pt

@% 854B

854B

34123 0035 53

34123 0043 67

Helvetica.bold.8pt

Helvetica.bold.10pt

@% 854B

854B

34123 0050 80

34123 005D 93

Helvetica.bold.12pt

Helvetica.bold.14pt

@% 854B

854B

34123 0078 120 Helvetica.bold.18pt

34123 00A0 160 Helvetica.bold.24pt

@% 85B7 34231 0028 40 Helvetica.italic.6pt

Appendix G: IPDS Fonts 247

PostScript Font

Times-Italic

Times-boldItalic

Helvetica

Helvetica-Bold

Helvetica-Oblique

248 Appendix G: IPDS Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Notes hex

85B7

FGID dec hex

FW dec

34231 0035 53

IBM Font Name

Helvetica.italic.8pt

@% 85B7

85B7

34231 0043 67

34231 0050 80

Helvetica.italic.10pt

Helvetica.italic.12pt

@% 85B7

85B7

34231 005D 93 Helvetica.italic.14pt

34231 0078 120 Helvetica.italic.18pt

@% 85B7

85CB

34231 00A0 160 Helvetica.italic.24pt

34251 0028 40 THelvetica.bold.italic.6pt

@% 85CB

85CB

34251 0035 53

34251 0043 67

Helvetica.bold.italic.8pt

Helvetica.bold.italic.10pt

@% 85CB

85CB

34251 0050 80

34251 005D 93

Helvetica.bold.italic.12pt

Helvetica.bold.italic.14pt

85CB

34251 0078 120 Helvetica.bold.italic.18pt

34251 00A0 160 Helvetica.bold.italic.24pt

PostScript Font

Helvetica-Oblique

Helvetica-BoldOblique

Notes: ❏ FW (Font Width) is in

1 /

1440

", and denotes the width of a word space for the specific font.

❏ Certain FGIDs are replaced by another FGIDs, see Immediate Font

Substitutions below.

❏ (IBM Mainframe only) For PSF/MVS, sample APSRMARK jobs can be found in SYS1.SAMPLIB. The fonts can be marked with the

APSWMSTD and APSWMGML sample jobs for 3812 and 3816 printers. The APSW4028 is used with the 4028 printer.

❏ (IBM Mainframe only) To mark a resident font in APSRMARK, the font character width tables must exist on the system.

The AXIS 570/670 supports extended font mapping at PostScript level, making it possible to redefine any of the FGIDs in the table above. See

User Definable Fonts and Extended Font Mapping later in this section for details.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix G: IPDS Fonts 249

Immediate Font Substitutions

006B

00AD

00AF

00B0

00B1

00E5

00E6

0045

0046

0047

0050

002B

002C

0042

0044 hex

FGID dec

000D 13

0014

001A

001E

0028

0029

002A

107

173

175

176

177

229

230

Selected IBM Fonts

Artisan.10

Pica.10

Matrix.gothic.10

Math-symbol.10

Gothic-text.10

Roman-text.10

Serif-text.10

Serif-text.italic.10

Katakana-gothic.10

Gothic-text.12

Gothic-text.italic.12

Gothic-text.bold.12

Serif-text.12

Serif-text.italic.12

Math-symbol.12

Elite.12

Essay.light.PSM

Document.PSM

Bold.PSM

Bold.italic.PSM

Serif-text.15

Gothic-text.15

Certain FGIDs will be immediately substituted by the AXIS 570/670.

The substitution table depends on the selected IBM printer emulation.

The following fonts are substituted for the IBM 4028 emulation:

FGID hex dec

0024 36

Substituted IBM Font

Letter-Gothic.10

000B 11

0024 36

Courier.10

Letter-Gothic.10

000B 11

0024 36

000C 12

000B 11

Courier.10

Letter-Gothic.10

Prestige.10

Courier.10

0012 18

0015 21

Courier.italic.10

Katakana.10

0057 87 Letter-Gothic.12

006D 109 Letter-Gothic.italic.12

006E 110 Letter-Gothic.bold.12

0055 85 Courier.12

005C 92

0056 86

Courier.italic.12

Prestige.12

0055 85 Courier.12

00A0 160 Essay.PSM

009E 158 Modern.PSM

009F 159 Boldface.PSM

009B 155 Boldface.italic.PSM

00DF 223 Courier.15

00DE 222 Gothic.15

250 Appendix G: IPDS Fonts

041B

041D

0420

0547

0675

070B

0837 hex

FGID dec

02EF 751

02F8

02F9

760

761

02FA

02FB

02FC

02FD

762

763

764

765

1051

1053

1056

1351

1653

1803

2103

Selected IBM Fonts

Sonoran-serif.8pt

Times-Roman.6pt

Times.bold.12pt

Times.bold.14pt

Times.italic.12pt

Times.bold.italic.10pt

Times.bold.italic.12pt

Sonoran-serif.10pt

Sonoran-serif.bold.10p

Sonoran-serif.italic.10p

Sonoran-serif.12pt

Sonoran-serif.bold.16pt

Sonoran-serif.bold.18pt

Sonoran-serif.bold.24pt

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

FGID hex dec

Substituted IBM Font

1637 5687 Times.Roman.8pt

1637 5687 Times.Roman.6pt

164B 5707 Times.bold.12pt

164B 5707 Times.bold.14pt

16B7 5815 Times.italic.12pt

16CB 5835 Times.bold.italic.10pt

16CB 5835 Times.bold.italic.12pt

1637 5687 Times.Roman.10pt

164B 5707 Times.bold.10pt

16B7 5815 Times.italic.10pt

1637 5687 Times.Roman.12pt

164B 5707 Times.bold.16pt

164B 5707 Times.bold.18pt

164B 5707 Times.bold.24pt

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix G: IPDS Fonts 251

The following fonts are substituted for the IBM 3812/3816 emulation:

0047

0048

0050

005B

006B

009E

00B0

00B1 hex

FGID dec

000D 13

0014

001A

001E

0029

002A

0046

00DD

00DE

00E1

00E5

221

222

225

229

107

158

176

177

Selected IBM Fonts

Artisan.10

Pica.10

Matrix.gothic.10

Math-symbol.10

Roman-text.10

Serif-text.10

Serif-text.12

Serif-text.italic.12

Serif-text.bold.12

Math-symbol.12

Light-italic.12

Elite.12

Modern.PSM

Bold.PSM

Bold.italic.PSM

Prestige.15

Gothic.15

Math-symbol.15

Serif-text.15

FGID hex dec

000B 11

Substituted IBM Font

Courier.10

0056 86

0028 40

Prestige.12

Gothic-text.10

000B 11

0028 40

0042 66

Courier.10

Gothic-text.10

Gothic-text.12

0044 68

0045 69

Gothic-text.italic.12

Gothic-text.bold.12

0056 86 Prestige.12

0070 112 Prestige.italic.12

0055 85 Courier.12

00AF 175 Document.PSM

009F 159 Boldface.PSM

009B 155 Boldface.italic.PSM

00E6 230 Gothic-text.15

00DF 223 Courier.15

00E6 230 Gothic-text.15

252 Appendix G: IPDS Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Unsupported Fonts

All FGIDs that do not appear in the Supported Fonts table on page 242

or the Immediate Font Substitutions table on page 249 are considered

unsupported.

A selection of an unsupported FGID value will result in a substitution to a default font. The AXIS 570/670 uses the same default fonts as the emulated IBM printers. The default fonts for different FGID ranges are shown in the table below:

FGID (hex)

0001 - 0041

0042 - 0099

009A - 00C8

00C9 - 00D2

00D3 - 00EF

00F0 - 00F7

00F8 - 0103

0104 - 0111

0112 - 0117

0118 - 011B

011C - 0120

0121 - 012B

012C - 01FF

0200 - 0EFF

0F00 - 0F7F

0F80 - 0FFF

1000 - FFFF

FGID (dec)

1-65

66 - 153

154 - 200

201 - 210

211 - 239

240 - 247

248 - 259

260 - 273

274 - 279

280 - 283

284 - 288

289 - 299

300 - 511

512 - 3839

3840 - 3967

8 CPI

17 CPI

20 CPI

25 CPI

27 CPI

10 CPI

Typographic

User Defined

Fonts

3968 - 4095 User Defined

Fonts

4096 - 65535 Typographic

10 CPI

Type Default Font

11 Courier.10

12 CPI 85 Courier.12

Proportional PSM 175 Document.PSM

13 CPI

15 CPI

5 CPI

17 CPI

204 Gothic-text.13

223 Courier.15

244 Courier.5

274 Letter-Gothic.17

262 Courier.8

274 Letter-Gothic.17

281 Letter-Gothic.20

285 Letter-Gothic.25

29 Letter-Gothic.27

11 Courier.10

85 Courier.12

printer dependent

85 Courier.12

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix G: IPDS Fonts 253

Typographical Fonts

This section deals with font width selections for typographical

(proportional pitch) fonts.

Note that when an unsupported typographical font (FGID range 512 -

65534) is selected, the resulting font will be a fixed pitch (see the table on the previous page), and the selected font width value will be ignored.

Default Font

Width

When the default font width is selected, the AXIS 570/670 will set a font width in one of the following ways depending on the selected IBM printer emulation:

IBM 4028 The font width is set to 67 (corresponding to a 10 point font).

IBM 3812/3816 The font width is set to the smallest available value for the selected FGID

according to the font list in Supported Resident Fonts, on page 242. For

FGID 16951 (Century Schoolbook), the resulting font width is 102 (12 points), and for FGID 5687 (Times Roman), the resulting font width is

40 (6 points).

Scalable Fonts If the selected font width (point size) is not available for the selected

FGID, the AXIS 570/670 will set a point size in one of the following ways depending on the font:

Times Roman,

Helvetica and Century

Schoolbook

The font width value is converted to a point size used to dynamically scale the selected font. This means that you have a completely free choice of point sizes (only limited by the host application) when printing with these fonts.

Any other typographical font

The nearest smaller available font width for the selected FGID will be used. If a smaller font width isn’t available, the nearest larger font width will be used.

254 Appendix G: IPDS Fonts AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix H: DBCS Support 255

Appendix H DBCS Support

The AXIS 570/670 supports Double-Byte Character Set (DBCS) for

SNA and TN5250E printing. This facilitates printing from an IBM

AS/400 host system for languages employing double-byte character sets.

The following Chinese, Japanese and Korean DBCS tables are used in the AXIS 570/670:

Country

Korea (KS)

Printer Emulation

5x27_002_TX_KS

Character Table

Korea (KSSM) 5x27_002_TX_KSSM KSSM

Japan 5x27_001_TX Shift - JIS

China 5x27_005_TX GB

AXIS 570/670 Double-byte Character Tables

Important !

The AXIS 570/670 supports only SNA DBCS printing in IBM 5494 emulation.

Configuring the AS/400 Host, 5494 CU mode

Follow the instructions below to configure the AS/400 Host for

DBCS support:

1. Type WRKSYSVAL on the AS/400 command line.

2. Check that the DBCS version installed indicator (QIGC) sysval is set to 1 (on).

3. Check that the QIGCCDEFNT sysval is set to a DBCS font installed in the system.

4. Proceed with steps 1-10 as detailed in Configuring the AS/400 Host

System, on page 52.

256 Appendix H: DBCS Support AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Configuring the AXIS 570/670

A number of printer emulations exist for DBCS printing and you are advised to set the correct system language. To do this, follow the instructions below:

1. Perform steps 1-7 as detailed in Configuring the AXIS 570/670, on page 54.

2. From the IBM Printer Emulation tab ensure that the basic configuration parameters are defined as follows:

Country

Korea (KS)

Printer Emulation

5x27_002_TX_KS

System Language

833

Korea (KSSM) 5x27_002_TX_KSSM 833

Japan 5x27_001_TX 890

China 5x27_005_TX 836

Printer Emulation and System Language for Country options

3. Perform steps 9-12 as detailed in Configuring the AXIS 570/670, on page 54.

Note: ❏ Default fonts will be changed when switching printer emulations.

Verifying the Communications Link

Having configured the AS/400 host AXIS 570/670 in accordance with the above, verify that the communications link is functioning correctly

by following instructions 1-4 detailed in Verifying the Communication

Link, on page 57.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix H: DBCS Support 257

Amending Device Features

After automatic setup, it may be necessary to change the Device features and Last Code Point of the printer device. Failure to do so may cause corruption within your print data.

Follow the instructions below, to set the appropriate Device features and Last Code Point for your chosen printer device:

1. Make sure that the writer is stopped by typing ENDWTR xxxxPRT01 on the AS/400 command line, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name. Press ENTER.

2. Type VRYCFG CFGOBJ(xxxxPRT01) CFGTYPE(*DEV)

STATUS(*OFF) to vary off the printer device, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name. Press ENTER.

3. Type CHGDEVPRT xxxxPRT01 to change the printer device name, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name. Press F4.

4. Under DBCS Feature (IGCFEAT) amend the Device Features and Last Code Point to the appropriate value corresponding to the country language.

Country

Korea

Japan

China

Device features

2424K1

2424J1

2424S1

Last Code Point

D3FE

68FE

6FFE

Device features and Last Code Point for Country options

5. Type VRYCFG CFGOBJ(xxxxPRT01) CFGTYPE(*DEV)

STATUS(*ON) on the AS/400 command line to vary on the printer device, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name.

Press ENTER.

6. Type STRPRTWTR xxxxPRT01 to start the Writer, where xxxxPRT01 is the printer device name. Press ENTER.

7. Direct a printout to this printer device to confirm that the above changes have been implemented correctly.

258 Appendix H: DBCS Support AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Extended IBM Printer Emulation

Extended emulation will only work in SBCS mode. Before entering extended emulation you will have to change to single byte mode by sending shift in.

<SI> (SCS Shift In Control Code)

%CONFIG+

SAVE;

%CONFIG-

<SO> (SCS Shift Out Control Code)

Example (with DBCS mode before entering extended emulation)

Note:

For more information refer to Appendix C - Extended IBM Printer

Emulation

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Font Tables

Appendix H: DBCS Support

The following tables define the DBCS font types supported in the

AXIS 570/670 (5494 CU Mode):

50106

50118

50110

50121

50111

50112

50122

50113

50123

50107

50108

50119

50104

50105

50117

50109

50120

DBCS FONTS (China)

FGID IBM Font Name

50100

50101

50114

50102

50115

50103

50116

259

260 Appendix H: DBCS Support

50020

50006

50018

50010

50021

50011I

50012

50022

50013

50023

50016

50007

50008

50019

50004

50005

50017

50009

DBCS FONTS (Japan)

FGID IBM Font Name

50000 MS Mincho 10 CPI

50001 MS Mincho 10 CPI

50014

50002

50015

50003

MS Mincho

10 CPI

12 CPI

13.3 CPI

MS Mincho

13.3 CPI

14.3 CPI

15 CPI

17.1 CPI

MS Mincho

17.1 CPI

18 CPI

18.9 CPI

21.5 CP

21.5 CPI

25.7 CPI

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

50050

50036

50048

50040

50051

50041

50042

50052

50043

50053

50046

50037

50038

50049

50034

50035

50047

50039

DBCS FONTS (Korea KS)

FGID IBM Font Name

50030 HanYang 10 CPI

50031 HanYang 10 CPI

50044

50032

50045

50033

HanYang

10 CPI

12 CPI

13.3 CPI

HanYang

13.3 CPI

14.3 CPI

15 CPI

17.1 CPI

HanYang

17.1 CPI

18 CPI

18.9 CPI

21.5 CPI

25.7 CPI

Appendix H: DBCS Support 261

262 Appendix H: DBCS Support

50150

50136

50148

50140

50151

50141

50142

50152

50143

50153

50146

50137

50138

50149

50134

50135

50147

50139

DBCS FONTS (Korea KSSM)

FGID IBM Font Name

50130 Compst 10 CPI

50131 Compst 10 CPI

50144

50132

50145

50133

Compst

10 CPI

12 CPI

13.3 CPI

Compst

13.3 CPI

14.3 CPI

15 CPI

17.1 CPI

Compst

17.1 CPI

18 CPI

18.9 CPI

21.5 CPI

25.7 CPI

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 263

Appendix I The Parameter List

This appendix provides an overview of the AXIS 570/670 parameters.

Please refer to the AXIS Network Print Server Technical Reference for a complete description of the parameters. The Technical Reference is available on the AXIS Online CD. Alternatively, you can access the

Axis WWW Home Page at http://www.axis.com/, where you can download the latest technical information.

The Config File The left-hand column shows the parameters and their default values as they appear in the config file and the right-hand column shows the name of the parameters as they appear in the internal Web pages.

After you have changed them, most parameters take effect for the next print job. If Requires Restart appears in a parameter description, you must restart the AXIS 570/670, before the new setting for that parameter takes effect. Restart is also required when the Ring Speed switch is changed on the AXIS 670 and AXIS 670e.

Please refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration, on page 161,

for more information about how to change the parameters.

Note: ❏ The password parameters, ROOT_PWD and PROS_PWD only appear when you are logged in to the AXIS 570/670 using root.

The password parameters will not be printed when you are printing the parameter list using the test button.

--- GENERAL MENU

NODE_ADDR.

: 00 40 8C 10 00 86

ROOT_PWD.

USERS.

: pass

BASE URL.

S_ROUTE.

: www.axis.com

: AUTO (OFF, SINGLE, ALL, AUTO)

HP_JETADMIN. : AUTO_SENSE (AUTO_SENSE, YES, NO)

DEF_OUT.

: PR1 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1,

COM1, LPT2)

Node Address

Root Password

User and Printer Access List

Base URL

Token Ring Source Routing Mode (AXIS 670 and AXIS 670e only)

HP JetAdmin Support

Internal Printout Destination

264 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

--- SNA MENU

SNA_ENB.

: YES

DEVICE_EMUL. : 3174 (3174, 5494)

SNA_FR_TYPE. : FR_802_2 (FR_AUTO, FR_802_2, FR_DIX)

NODE_ID.

: E0 7x xx xx

NODE_SAP.

: $4

NWORK_NAME.

: APPN

MODE_NAME.

LU_NAME.

: QRMTWSC

: A xxx xxx

CP_NAME.

: A xxx xxx

H1_SAP.

: $4

H1_ADDR.

: FF FF FF FF FF FF

H1_NW_NAME.

: APPN

H1_MOD_NAME. : QRMTWSC

H1_LU_NAME.

: DEFAULT

LU_DS1.

LU_DS2.

: SCS (SCS, IPDS_3812-2, IPDS_4028, NONE)

LU_DS3.

LU_DS4.

LU_DS5.

LU_DS6.

LU_DS7.

LU_DS8.

AUTO_DIAL.

DIAL_TIME.

JOB_TIME.

IR_TIME.

N_PRT_DEV.

: SCS (SCS, IPDS_3812-2, IPDS_4028, NONE)

: NONE (SCS, IPDS_3812-2, IPDS_4028, NONE)

: NO

: 20

: 10

: 0

: 3

SNA_HEXDUMP. : NONE (NONE, PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8)

SNA Protocol Enabled

Control Unit Device Emulation

SNA Ethernet Frame Type (AXIS 570 and AXIS 570e only)

Node Identifier (IDBLK/IDNUM value), where x xx xx are the five last digits of the print server’s serial number.

Node Service Access Point

Node network Name

Node Mode Name (AXIS 570 and AXIS 670 only)

Node Logical Unit Name, where xxx xxx are the last six digits of the print server’s serial number in reverse order.

Node Control Point Name, where xxx xxx are the last six digits of the print server’s serial number in reverse order. (AXIS 570 and AXIS 670 only)

Host Service Access point

Host MAC Address

Host Network Name

Host Mode Name

Host Logical Unit Name

Logical Unit 1 Data stream (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

Logical Unit 2 Data stream (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

Logical Unit 3 Data stream (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

Logical Unit 4 Data stream (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

Logical Unit 5 Data stream (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

Logical Unit 6 Data stream (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

Logical Unit 7 Data stream (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

Logical Unit 8 Data stream (AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e only)

Automatic Link Establishment

Link Establishment Retry Time

Job Separation Time-out

Intervention Required Time-out

Maximum Number of 5494 Printer Device Descriptions

(AXIS 570 and AXIS 670 only)

SNA Hexdump Destination

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 265

--- TN3270E MENU

TN3270E_1.

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4028-2, AXPR1 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

TN3270E_2.

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR1 (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4028-2, AXPR2 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

TN3270E_3.

TN3270E_4.

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR2 (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4028-2, AXPR3 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR3 (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4028-2, AXPR4 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

TN3270E_5.

TN3270E_6.

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR4 (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4028-2, AXPR5 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR5 (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4028-2, AXPR6 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

TN3270E_7.

TN3270E_8.

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR6 (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4028-2, AXPR7 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR7 (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, 4028-2, AXPR8 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

(AXIS 570, AXIS 670) : OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR8

TN3270E_IR.

: 0

TN3270E Session #1 Setup

TN3270E Session #2 Setup

TN3270E Session #3 Setup

TN3270E Session #4 Setup

TN3270E Session #5 Setup

TN3270E Session #6 Setup

TN3270E Session #7 Setup

TN3270E Session #8 Setup

Intervention Required Time-out

--- TN5250E MENU

TN5250E_1.

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR1

TN5250E_2.

TN5250E_3.

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR2

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR3

TN5250E_4.

TN5250E_5.

TN5250E_6.

TN5250E_7.

TN5250E_8.

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR4

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR5

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR6

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR7

: OFF, 0 0 0 0, 23, PR1, AXPR8

TN5250E Session #1 Setup

TN5250E Session #2 Setup

TN5250E Session #3 Setup

TN5250E Session #4 Setup

TN5250E Session #5 Setup

TN5250E Session #6 Setup

TN5250E Session #7 Setup

TN5250E Session #8 Setup

266 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

--- TCP/IP MENU

TCP_ENB.

: YES

INT_ADDR.

DEF_ROUT.

: 0 0 0 0

NET_MASK.

PROS_PWD.

PROS_PRT.

LPD_BANN.

DHCP_ENB.

BOOTP_ENB.

RARP_ENB.

WINS_ENB.

: netprinter

: 35

: OFF (OFF, AUTO, LAST)

: YES

WINS_ADDR1.

: 0 0 0 0

WINS_ADDR2.

: 0 0 0 0

NBT_SCOPE ID. :

RTN_OPT.

RTN_PR1.

RTN_PR2.

RTN_PR3.

RTN_PR4.

RTN_PR5.

RTN_PR6.

RTN_PR7.

RTN_PR8.

: 0 0 0 0

: 0

: 5001, IPDS_4028_1 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

: 0, ASCII (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: 5002, IPDS_4028_1 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

: 0, ASCII (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: 5003, IPDS_4028_1 (AXIS 570e, AXIS 670e)

: 0, ASCII (AXIS 570, AXIS 670)

: 5011, SCS

: 5012, SCS

: 5013, SCS

: 0, ASCII

TCP/IP Enabled

Internet Address

Default Router Address

(0.0.0.0 for no router)

Net Mask

(e.g. 255.255.255.0 for class C, 0.0.0.0 for auto-sense)

PROS Password

PROS TCP Port Number

LPD Banner Page Mode

DHCP Enabled

BOOTP Enabled

RARP Enabled

WINS Enabled

Primary WINS server Address

Secondary WINS server Address

NBT Scope ID

(Defines the NetBIOS scope to be used with WINS name registration)

Reverse Telnet Options Enabled

PR1 Reverse Telnet Port Number and data stream

PR2 Reverse Telnet Port Number and data stream

PR3 Reverse Telnet Port Number and data stream

PR4 Reverse Telnet Port Number and data stream

PR5 Reverse Telnet Port Number and data stream

PR6 Reverse Telnet Port Number and data stream

PR7 Reverse Telnet Port Number and data stream

PR8 Reverse Telnet Port Number and data stream

--- SNMP MENU

READ_COM.

: public

WRT_COM.

TRAPADDR.

: pass

: 0 0 0 0

TRAP_COM.

SYS_CONT.

SYS_NAME.

SYS_LOC.

SNMP_AUT.

TRAP_PRT.

: public

: DISABLE

(DISABLE, ENABLE)

Read Community

Read/Write Community

Trap Address

Trap Community

System Contact

System Name

System Location

Authentication Failure Trap

Printer Failure Trap

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 267

--- NETWARE MENU

NETW_ENB.

PS_NAME.

JOB_CHECK_DELAY.

CONF_CHECK_DELAY.

FR_802_3.

FR_ETH_2.

FR_802_2.

FR_SNAP.

NCP_BURST_MODE.

PSERVER_NDS.

PSERVER_BINDERY1.

PSERVER_BINDERY2.

PSERVER_BINDERY3.

PSERVER_BINDERY4.

PSERVER_BINDERY5.

PSERVER_BINDERY6.

PSERVER_BINDERY7.

PSERVER_BINDERY8.

PSERVER_BINDERY9.

PSERVER_BINDERY10.

PSERVER_BINDERY11.

PSERVER_BINDERY12.

PSERVER_BINDERY13.

PSERVER_BINDERY14.

PSERVER_BINDERY15.

PSERVER_BINDERY16.

NPRINTER1.

NPRINTER2.

NPRINTER3.

NPRINTER4.

NPRINTER5.

NPRINTER6.

NPRINTER7.

NPRINTER8.

: YES

: AXIS100086

: 5

: 300

: YES (AXIS 570 & AXIS 570e only)

: YES

NetWare Enabled

Print Server Name

(100086 are the last six digits of the serial number)

Job Check Delay

(Print Server queue polling interval)

Configuration Check Delay

(Interval between automatic configuration checks)

IEEE 802.3 Frame Type Enabled

Ethernet II Frame Type Enabled

IEEE 802.2 Frame Type Enabled

SNAP Frame Type Enabled

NCP Burst Mode Enabled (Requires Restart)

PSERVER NDS

(File server & Name of print server, including context)

PSERVER Bindery 1 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 2 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 3 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 4 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 5 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 6 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 7 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 8 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 9 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 10 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 11 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 12 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 13 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 14 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 15 (Bindery file server name)

PSERVER Bindery 16 (Bindery file server name)

NPRINTER/RPRINTER 1 (Print Server name and slot number)

NPRINTER/RPRINTER 2 (Print Server name and slot number)

NPRINTER/RPRINTER 3 (Print Server name and slot number)

NPRINTER/RPRINTER 4 (Print Server name and slot number)

NPRINTER/RPRINTER 5 (Print Server name and slot number)

NPRINTER/RPRINTER 6 (Print Server name and slot number)

NPRINTER/RPRINTER 7 (Print Server name and slot number)

NPRINTER/RPRINTER 8 (Print Server name and slot number)

268 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

--- NetBIOS/NetBEUI MENU

LSLM_ENB.

: YES

NB_FR_TYPE.

: FR_AUTO (FR_AUTO, FR_802_2, FR_DIX)

LPRINT_1.

: AX100086.LP1

LLOGIC_1.

LPRINT_2.

LLOGIC_2.

: PR1 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,

PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

: AX100086.LP2

LPRINT_3.

LLOGIC_3.

LPRINT_4.

LLOGIC_4.

LPRINT_5.

LLOGIC_5.

LPRINT_6.

LLOGIC_6.

: PR2 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,

PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

: AX100086.CM1

: PR3 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,

PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

: PR4 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,

PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

: PR5 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,

PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

LPRINT_7.

LLOGIC_7.

LPRINT_8.

LLOGIC_8.

: PR6 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,

PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

: PR7 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,

PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

: PR8 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7,

PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

NetBIOS/NetBEUI Enabled

NetBIOS Frame Type (Requires Restart)

Name Printer 1 (100086 are the last six characters of the serial number)

Logical Printer for Printer 1

Name Printer 2 (100086 are the last six characters of the serial number)

Logical Printer for Printer 2

Name Printer 3 (100086 are the last six characters of the serial number)

Logical Printer for Printer 3

Name Printer 4 Name

Logical Printer for Printer 4

Name Printer 5

Logical Printer for Printer 5

Name Printer 6

Logical Printer for Printer 6

Name Printer 7

Logical Printer for Printer 7

Name Printer 8

Logical Printer for Printer 8

--- APPLETALK MENU (AXIS 570 and AXIS 570e only)

ATLK_ENB.

: YES

ATK_ZONE.

ZONER_EN.

ATK_FONT.

: YES

: DEFAULT (DEFAULT, 35N, ALL)

BINARY.

APRINT_1.

ATYPE_1.

ALOGIC_1.

APRINT_2.

ATYPE_2.

ALOGIC_2.

APRINT_3.

ATYPE_3.

ALOGIC_3.

: YES

BINARY_TYPE.

: TBCP (TBCP, BCP)

: AXIS100086_LPT1

: LaserWriter

: PR1 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

: AXIS100086_LPT2

: LaserWriter

: PR3 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

: AXIS100086_COM1

: LaserWriter

: PR2 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, LPT2, COM1)

AppleTalk Enabled

AppleTalk Zone

HP Zoner Enabled

Font

(PostScript Font Set)

Binary Enabled

(Binary transfer is enabled)

Binary Protocol

(Type of Binary Communication Protocol used if the Binary Enabled parameter is set to YES.)

Name Printer 1 (100086 are the last six digits of the serial number)

Type Printer 1

Logical Printer for Printer

Name Printer 2

Type Printer 2

Logical Printer for Printer 2

Name Printer 3

Type Printer 3

Logical Printer for Printer 3

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 269

--- PRINTER1 MENU

PR1_OUT.

: LPT1 (NONE, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

PR1_SCND.

PR1_WAIT.

PR1_IN.

: PR1 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

: YES

: AUTO (AUTO, NONE, COM1)

PR1_BEF.

PR1_STR.

PR1_CSET.

PR1_FILT.

PR1_AFT.

PR1_DUMP.

PR1_SIZE.

PR1_ORNT.

PR1_FORM.

PR1_FONT.

: NONE (NONE, ISO>IBM, 7UK>IBM, 7SW>IBM,

7GE>IBM, 7FR>IBM, 7ND>IBM, DEC>IBM)

: NONE

(NONE, POSTSCR, AUTO_PS)

: NO

: A4 (A4, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUT)

: PORTR (PORTR, LANDS, R_PORTR, R_LANDS)

: 66 0 100 60 30 50

PR1 Physical Port

PR1 Secondary Printer

PR1 Wait on Busy

PR1 Read Back Port

(Read-Back of information)

PR1 String Before Print Job

PR1 String Substitutions

PR1 Character Set Conversion

PR1 Printer Language Translation

PR1 String After Print Job

PR1 Hex Dump Mode Enabled

PR1 PostScript Page Size

PR1 PostScript Page Orientation

PR1 PostScript Page Format

(MPL, MPP, CPI, LPI, LM, TM)

PR1 PostScript Font

(Courier when not specified)

--- PRINTER2 MENU

PR2_OUT.

: LPT1 (NONE, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

PR2_SCND.

PR2_WAIT.

PR2_IN.

: PR2 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

: YES

: AUTO (AUTO, NONE, COM1)

PR2_BEF.

PR2_STR.

PR2_CSET.

PR2_FILT.

PR2_AFT.

PR2_DUMP.

PR2_SIZE.

PR2_ORNT.

PR2_FORM.

PR2_FONT.

PR2 Physical Port

PR2 Secondary Printer

: NONE (NONE, ISO>IBM, 7UK>IBM, 7SW>IBM,

7GE>IBM, 7FR>IBM, 7ND>IBM, DEC>IBM)

: NONE (NONE, POSTSCR, AUTO_PS)

: NO

: A4 (A4, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUT)

: PORTR (PORTR, LANDS, R_PORTR, R_LANDS)

: 66 0 100 60 30 50

PR2 Wait on Busy

PR2 Read back Port

(Read-Back of information)

PR2 String Before Print Job

PR2 String Substitutions

PR2 Character Set Conversion

PR2 Printer Language Translation

PR2 String After Print Job

PR2 Hex Dump Mode Enabled

PR2 PostScript Page Size

PR2 PostScript Page Orientation

PR2 PostScript Page Format

(MPL, MPP, CPI, LPI, LM, TM)

PR2 PostScript Font

(Courier when not specified)

270 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

--- PRINTER3 MENU

PR3_OUT.

: LPT1 (NONE, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

PR3_SCND.

PR3_WAIT.

PR3_IN.

: PR3 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

: YES

: AUTO (AUTO, NONE, COM1)

PR3_BEF.

PR3_STR.

PR3_CSET.

PR3_FILT.

PR3_AFT.

PR3_DUMP.

PR3_SIZE.

PR3_ORNT.

PR3_FORM.

PR3_FONT.

PR3 Physical Port

PR3 Secondary Printer

: NONE (NONE, ISO>IBM, 7UK>IBM, 7SW>IBM,

7GE>IBM, 7FR>IBM, 7ND>IBM, DEC>IBM)

: NONE (NONE, POSTSCR, AUTO_PS)

: NO

: A4 (A4, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUT)

: PORTR (PORTR, LANDS, R_PORTR, R_LANDS)

: 66 0 100 60 30 50

PR3 Wait on Busy

PR3 Read Back Port

(Read-Back of information)

PR3 String Before Print Job

PR3 String Substitutions

PR3 Character Set Conversion

PR3 Printer Language Translation

PR3 String After Print Job

PR3 Hex Dump Mode Enabled

PR3 PostScript Page Size

PR3 PostScript Page Orientation

PR3 PostScript Page Format

(MPL, MPP, CPI, LPI, LM, TM)

PR3 PostScript Font

(Courier when not specified)

--- PRINTER4 MENU

PR4_OUT.

: LPT1 (NONE, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

PR4_SCND.

PR4_WAIT.

PR4_IN.

: PR4 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

: YES

: AUTO (AUTO, NONE, COM1)

PR4_BEF.

PR4_STR.

PR4_CSET.

PR4_FILT.

PR4_AFT.

PR4_DUMP.

PR4_SIZE.

PR4_ORNT.

PR4_FORM.

PR4_FONT.

: NONE (NONE, ISO>IBM, 7UK>IBM, 7SW>IBM,

7GE>IBM, 7FR>IBM, 7ND>IBM, DEC>IBM)

: NONE

(NONE, POSTSCR, AUTO_PS)

: NO

: A4 (A4, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUT)

: PORTR (PORTR, LANDS, R_PORTR, R_LANDS)

: 66 0 100 60 30 50

PR4 Physical Port

PR4 Secondary Printer

PR4 Wait on Busy

PR4 Read Back Port

(Read-Back of information)

PR4 String Before Print Job

PR4 String Substitutions

PR4 Character Set Conversion

PR4 Printer Language Translation

PR4 String After Print Job

PR4 Hex Dump Mode Enabled

PR4 PostScript Page Size

PR4 PostScript Page Orientation

PR4 PostScript Page Format

(MPL, MPP, CPI, LPI, LM, TM)

PR4 PostScript Font

(Courier when not specified)

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 271

--- PRINTER5 MENU

PR5_OUT.

: LPT1 (NONE, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

PR5_SCND.

PR5_WAIT.

PR5_IN.

: PR5 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

: YES

: AUTO (AUTO, NONE, COM1)

PR5_BEF.

PR5_STR.

PR5_CSET.

PR5_FILT.

PR5_AFT.

PR5_DUMP.

PR5_SIZE.

PR5_ORNT.

PR5_FORM.

PR5_FONT.

: NONE (NONE, ISO>IBM, 7UK>IBM, 7SW>IBM,

7GE>IBM, 7FR>IBM, 7ND>IBM, DEC>IBM)

: NONE

(NONE, POSTSCR, AUTO_PS)

: NO

: A4 (A4, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUT)

: PORTR (PORTR, LANDS, R_PORTR, R_LANDS)

: 66 0 100 60 30 50

PR5 Physical Port

PR5 Secondary Printer

PR5 Wait on Busy

PR5 Read Back Port

(Read-Back of information)

PR5 String Before Print Job

PR5 String Substitutions

PR5 Character Set Conversion

PR5 Printer Language Translation

PR5 String After Print Job

PR5 Hex Dump Mode Enabled

PR5 PostScript Page Size

PR5 PostScript Page Orientation

PR5 PostScript Page Format

(MPL, MPP, CPI, LPI, LM, TM)

PR5 PostScript Font

(Courier when not specified)

--- PRINTER6 MENU

PR6_OUT.

:LPT1 (NONE, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

PR6_SCND.

PR6_WAIT.

PR6_IN.

: PR6 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

: YES

: AUTO (AUTO, NONE, COM1)

PR6_BEF.

PR6_STR.

PR6_CSET.

PR6_FILT.

PR6_AFT.

PR6_DUMP.

PR6_SIZE.

PR6_ORNT.

PR6_FORM.

PR6_FONT.

: NONE (NONE, ISO>IBM, 7UK>IBM, 7SW>IBM,

7GE>IBM, 7FR>IBM, 7ND>IBM, DEC>IBM)

: NONE

(NONE, POSTSCR, AUTO_PS)

: NO

: A4 (A4, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUT)

: PORTR (PORTR, LANDS, R_PORTR, R_LANDS)

: 66 0 100 60 30 50

PR6 Physical Port

PR6 Secondary Printer

PR6 Wait on Busy

PR6 Read Back Port

(Read-Back of information)

PR6 String Before Print Job

PR6 String Substitutions

PR6 Character Set Conversion

PR6 Printer Language Translation

PR6 String After Print Job

PR6 Hex Dump Mode Enabled

PR6 PostScript Page Size

PR6 PostScript Page Orientation

PR6 PostScript Page Format

(MPL, MPP, CPI, LPI, LM, TM)

PR6 PostScript Font

(Courier when not specified)

272 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

--- PRINTER7 MENU

PR7_OUT.

: LPT1 (NONE, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

PR7_SCND.

PR7_WAIT.

PR7_IN.

: PR7 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

: YES

: AUTO (AUTO, NONE, COM1)

PR7_BEF.

PR7_STR.

PR7_CSET.

PR7_FILT.

PR7_AFT.

PR7_DUMP.

PR7_SIZE.

PR7_ORNT.

PR7_FORM.

PR7_FONT.

: NONE (NONE, ISO>IBM, 7UK>IBM, 7SW>IBM,

7GE>IBM, 7FR>IBM, 7ND>IBM, DEC>IBM)

: NONE

(NONE, POSTSCR, AUTO_PS)

: NO

: A4 (A4, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUT)

: PORTR (PORTR, LANDS, R_PORTR, R_LANDS)

: 66 0 100 60 30 50

PR7 Physical Port

PR7 Secondary Printer

PR7 Wait on Busy

PR7 Read Back Port

(Read-Back of information)

PR7 String Before Print Job

PR7 String Substitutions

PR7 Character Set Conversion

PR7 Printer Language Translation

PR7 String After Print Job

PR7 Hex Dump Mode Enabled

PR7 PostScript Page Size

PR7 PostScript Page Orientation

PR7 PostScript Page Format

(MPL, MPP, CPI, LPI, LM, TM)

PR7 PostScript Font

(Courier when not specified)

--- PRINTER8 MENU

PR8_OUT.

: LPT1 (NONE, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

PR8_SCND.

PR8_WAIT.

PR8_IN.

: PR8 (PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4,

PR5, PR6, PR7, PR8, LPT1, COM1, LPT2)

: YES

: AUTO (AUTO, NONE, COM1)

PR8_BEF.

PR8_STR.

PR8_CSET.

PR8_FILT.

PR8_AFT.

PR8_DUMP.

PR8_SIZE.

PR8_ORNT.

PR8_FORM.

PR8_FONT.

PR8 Physical Port

PR8 Secondary Printer

: NONE (NONE, ISO>IBM, 7UK>IBM, 7SW>IBM,

7GE>IBM, 7FR>IBM, 7ND>IBM, DEC>IBM)

: POSTSCR (NONE, POSTSCR, AUTO_PS)

: NO

: A4

: PORTR

(A4, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUT)

(PORTR, LANDS, R_PORTR, R_LANDS)

: 66 0 100 60 30 50

PR8 Wait on Busy

PR8 Read Back Port

(Read-Back of information)

PR8 String Before Print Job

PR8 String Substitutions

PR8 Character Set Conversion

PR8 Printer Language Translation

PR8 String After Print Job

PR8 Hex Dump Mode Enabled

PR8 PostScript Page Size

PR8 PostScript Page Orientation

PR8 PostScript Page Format

(MPL, MPP, CPI, LPI, LM, TM)

PR8 PostScript Font

(Courier when not specified)

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 273

--- OUTPUT MENU

L1_CENTR.

: HISPEED (IBM_PC, STNDRD, FAST, HISPEED)

L1_BSYTM.

: 60

L1_MGM_INFO. : AUTO (DISABLE, AUTO)

C1_READT.

: 3

C1_HNDSH.

C1_BAUDR.

C1 STOPB.

: ROBUST-BOTH (NONE, XON/XOFF, ROBUST,

RDY/BSY, BOTH, ROBUST-BOTH)

: 9600 (300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600,

19200, 38400, 57600, 115200)

: 2 (1, 2)

C1_PARIT.

C1_NBITS.

C1_BSYTM.

: NONE (NONE, ODD, EVEN)

: 8 (7, 8)

: 60

C1_MGM_INFO. : AUTO (DISABLE, AUTO)

L2_CENTR.

: HISPEED (IBM_PC, STNDRD, FAST HISPEED)

L2_BSYTM.

: 60

L2_MGM_INFO. : AUTO (DISABLE, AUTO)

Centronics Interface Timing LPT1

Busy Status Time-Out LPT1

(All status reporting disabled if set to 0)

Printer Management Information LPT1

Printer Feedback Delay COM1

Handshake Protocol COM1

Baud Rate COM1

Stop Bits COM1

Parity COM1

Word Length COM1

Busy Status Time-Out COM1

(All status reporting disabled if set to 0)

Printer Management Information COM1

Centronics Interface Timing LPT2

Busy Status Time-Out LPT2

(All status reporting disabled if set to 0)

Printer Management Information LPT2

--- IBM IPDS Configuration (AXIS 570e & AXIS 670e only)

IPDS_SYSL.

: 37 (37, 256, 259, 260, 273, 274, 275, 277

278, 280, 281, 282, 284, 285, 286,

287, 288, 289, 297, 290, 293, 361,

420, 423, 424, 437, 500, 803, 870,

871, 880, 892, 893, 1026)

IPDS_SOJS.

IPDS_EOJS.

IPDS System Languages

IPDS Start of Job Sequence

IPDS End of Job Sequence

--- IBM IPDS Printer Driver (AXIS 570e & AXIS 670e only)

PS_HSF.

: 100

PS_VSF.

PS_COLSUP.

: 100

: Disabled

PS_DUPSUP.

PS_LFSM.

PS_ERRH.

PS_OPTDUP.

: Enabled

: Disabled

PS_OPTOVL.

PS_IPLINK.

PS_VM.

PS_DIB.

PS_BIN1.

: Enabled

: Off (Off, Sheet, Bin)

: 2000

: Bin1 (Bin1, Bin2)

: Default, Letter, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

PS_BIN2.

PS_BIN3.

PS_BIN4.

PS_BIN5.

: Default, Letter, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

Horizontal Scale Factor (%)

Vertical Scale Factor (%)

True Color Support

Duplex Support

Load Font Smoothing

Post Script Error Handler

Optimize Duplex

Optimize Overlay Handling

Input Path Linking

Virtual Memory (KBytes)

Default Input Bin

PostScript Bin 1 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)

PostScript Bin 2 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)

PostScript Bin 3 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)

PostScript Bin 4 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)

PostScript Bin 5 Settings (Bin number, paper size, width, length, horizontal scale factor, vertical scale factor, horizontal offset, vertical offset)

274 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

--- IBM BASIC CONFIGURATION

SYSL.

PREMUL.

: 37 (37, 256, 260, 273, 274, 275, 277, 278

280, 281, 282, 284, 285, 286,

287, 288, 289, 290, 293, 297, 340,

361, 500, 833, 836, 871, 892, 893,

USER)

: 3816_CX (3287_CX, 3268_CX, 3262_CX,

4214_CX, 4224_CX, 4230_CX,

3812_CX, 3816s_CX, 3816_CX,

5224_TX, 5225_TX, 5256_TX,

4214_TX, 4230_TX, 3812_TX,

3816s_TX, 3816_TX, 5X27_001_TX

5X27_002_KS_TX, 5X27_002_KSSM_TX

5X27_003_TX, 5X27_005_TX)

System Languages

IBM Printer Emulations

--- IBM PAGE FORMAT

MPL.

MPP.

: 66, ENA

: 132, ENA

LPI.

CPI.

DCPI.

AUTORI.

: 6 (3, 4, 6, 8)

: 10 (5, 10, 12, 13.3, 15, 17, 18)

: 5.0 (5.0, 6.0, 6.7, 7.5, 9.0)

: YES

PCORI.

LM.

TM.

LDSF.

DEFBIN.

: NO

: 0, 0, 48

: 26, 26, 74

: 94, 94, 70

DWSISO.

BIN1.

BIN2.

BIN3.

BIN4.

BIN5.

BIN6.

MANUAL.

: BIN1 (BIN1, BIN2, BIN3, BIN4, BIN5,

BIN6, MANUAL, ENVELOPE,

: NO

CONTINUOUS)

: COR, LETTER, 0, 0

ENVELOPE.

: COR, LETTER, 0, 0

CONTINUOUS.

: COR, LETTER, 0, 0

SIMBF.

: YES

Maximum Page Length

Maximum Print Position

Lines per Inch

Characters per Inch

Double Byte CPI

Automatic Orientation

Landscape PC Orientation

Left Margin (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-Mode)

Top Margin (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-Mode)

Line Density Scale Factor (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-Mode)

Default Input Bin

Double Width SI/SO

Bin 1 Orientation and Paper Size

Bin 2 Orientation and Paper Size

Bin 3 Orientation and Paper Size

Bin 4 Orientation and Paper Size

Bin 5 Orientation and Paper Size

Bin 6 Orientation and Paper Size

Manual Feeder Orientation and Paper Size

Envelope Feeder Orientation and Paper Size

Continuous Orientation and Paper Size

Simulate Boldface

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 275

--- IBM FONTS

CPI5.

: 244, 11

CPI10.

CPI12.

: 11, 204

: 86, 230

CPI13.

CPI15.

CPI17.

CPI18.

: 50103, 281

: 230, 281

: 252, 281

: 50106, 281

DCPI5.

DCPI6.

DCPI6.7.

DCPI7.5.

DCPI9.

CPI8COR.

CPI20COR.

CPI25COR.

CPI27COR.

PROPOCOR.

TYPOCOR.

: 50101, 50108

: 50102, 50109

: 50103, 50110

: 50104, 50111

: 50106, 50113

: 86

: 281

: 289

: 290

: 230

5 CPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

10 CPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

12 CPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

13 CPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

15 CPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

17 CPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

18 CPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

5.0 DCPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

6.0 DCPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

6.7 DCPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

7.5 DCPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

9.0 DCPI FGID Definition (Portrait-, Landscape- and COR-mode)

8 CPI FGID Definition (COR-mode)

20 CPI FGID Definition (COR-mode)

25 CPI FGID Definition (COR-mode)

27 CPI FGID Definition (COR-mode)

Proportional FGID Definition (COR-mode)

Typographical FGID Definition (COR-mode)

Note: ❏ The values of the CPIx and DCPIx parameters will be changed when switching to or from DBCS emulation.

--- IBM JOB CONTROL

SOJS.

: 1B 45 1B 26 6C 30 4C

EOJS.

REINIT.

: 1B 45

: YES

--- IBM 3270 OPTIONS

CASE.

BASCOL.

: DUAL (DUAL, MONO)

: BLACK, ENA

XSTRN.

AUTNL.

ADDNL.

FFWPB.

: 0

: 1

: 0

FFEOPB.

NULSUP.

FFCPOS.

AFEOPB.

: 1

: 0

Start of Job Sequence

End of Job Sequence

Re-send Current Settings

Case

Base Color

Extended SCS Transparency

Automatic New Line at MPP+1

Additional New Line at MPP+1

Form Feed within Print Buffer

Form Feed at End of Print Buffer

Null Suppression

Form Feed Command position

Auto Func after End of Print Buffer.

276 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

--- IBM EXTENDED EMULATION

XEMUL.

: YES

WARN.

SSUBST.

: NO

: YES

SBTS.

TLIS.

TTRS.

FLIS.

: 025 03C

: 03E 025

: 025 02F

EECS.

COBXEM.

CCLIS.

: 025 041 058 049 053

: SETALL (OFF, SETESC, SETALL)

: 025 050

Extended Emulation Status

Warning Switch

Extended Emulation String Substitution

Single Byte Transparency Sequence

Transparency Lead-in Sequence

Transparency Trailer Sequence

Function Mode Lead-in Sequence

Extended Emulation Mode Control Sequence

Cobra Extended Emulation Mode

Cobra Config Lead-in Sequence

--- UDS

------User Defined String Definitions

--- BAR NUMBER TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT TEXT-MODE

CHECK-MODE

-------Bar Code Definitions

--- SSTR

-------Substitution String Definitions

--- MSTR

-------Match String Definitions

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 277

--- IBM PRINTER DRIVER

PRDRIVER.

BACKSPS.

: PCL5 (USER, GENERIC, PCL4, PCL5,

: 08

IBM_PRO, EPSON_FX, EPSON_LQ)

CRS.

LFS.

: 0D

: 0A

NLS.

FFS.

SOS.

SIS.

: 0D 0A

: 0C

BLKS.

GRNS.

BLUS.

REDS.

MAGS.

CYNS.

YELS.

BIN1S.

: 1B 26 6C 31 48

BIN2S.

BIN3S.

BIN4S.

BIN5S.

: 1B 26 6C 34 48

: 1B 26 6C 35 48

: 1B 26 6C 32 30 48

: 1B 26 6C 32 31 48

BIN6S.

MANUALS.

: 1B 26 6C 32 32 48

: 1B 26 6C 32 48

ENVELOPES.

: 1B 26 6C 36 48

CONTINUOUS.

: 1B 26 6C 31 48

CSIZS.

LAC.

GRD.

JOGS.

SSUS.

SBSET.

: HP_PCL (DISABLE, HP_PCL)

: 1B 26 6C 31 54

: PC850 (PC850, ROMAN8, PC437, ECMA94,

USASCII, PC942, PC891, PC903,

PC904, USER)

Printer Driver Selection

Backspace Sequence

Carriage Return Sequence

Line Feed Sequence

New Line Sequence

Form Feed Sequence

Shift Out Sequence

Shift In Sequence

Black Color Sequence

Green Color Sequence

Blue Color Sequence

Red Color Sequence

Magenta Color Sequence

Cyan Color Sequence

Yellow Color Sequence

Bin 1 Select Sequence

Bin 2 Select Sequence

Bin 3 Select Sequence

Bin 4 Select Sequence

Bin 5 Select Sequence

Bin 6 Select Sequence

Manual Bin Select Sequence

Envelope bin Select Sequence

Continuous Select Sequence

Custom Size Sequence

LAC Driver

Gridline Driver

Jog Sequence

Symbol Set User String

Symbol Set

278 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

FONT.

--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FONT.

: 3,

: 5,

98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 11, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

1B 28 31 4F

FONT.

: 12,

: 13, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 18, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 19,

98,

DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 20, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 30, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4200

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

1B 28 30 4F

: 38,

: 41,

: 46,

: 68,

98,

DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 39, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 135, 0,

: 40, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 135, 0,

DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 42, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 43, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 60, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 66, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,

DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,

: 69, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,

: 70, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4102

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4102

UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4102

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

: 71, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 72, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 80, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 84, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 85, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 86, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 87, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 130, 0,

: 91, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 108, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 110, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 130, 0,

: 111, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 112, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 120, 0,

: 155, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 158, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 159, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 160, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 162, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 163, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 173, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

110, ITALIC, BOLD , 4101

110, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101

110, UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4101

110, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4148

110, ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4148

110, UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4148

110, UPRIGHT, LIGHT , 4148

: 175, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0, 110, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101

: 204, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 167, 0, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102

: 221, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,

: 223, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,

: 225, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,

: 229, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 150, 0,

: 230, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 180, 0,

: 244, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 245, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 252, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 171, 0,

: 253, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 171, 0,

: 254, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 220, 0,

: 258, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 180, 0,

: 266, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 100, 0,

: 281, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 233, 0,

: 289, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 267, 0,

: 290, 98, DEFAULT, FIXED, 300, 0,

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099

UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4102

UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

ITALIC, BOLD , 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4099

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4099

UPRIGHT, BOLD , 4099

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4102

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4102

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 279

FONT.

--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FONT.

: 751, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 1051, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 1053, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

80, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101

100, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101

100, UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4101

FONT.

: 1056, 100, DEFAULT, PROP,

: 2103, 100, DEFAULT, PROP,

: 1351, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 1653, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3840, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3841, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

100,

240,

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4101

120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101

160, UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4101

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4101

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4101

: 3842, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0, 0, ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4101

DEFAULT, ITALIC, BOLD,

: 3844, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0, 0, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4113

: 3845, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3846, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3847, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3848, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3849, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3850, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4113

0, ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4113

0, ITALIC, BOLD, 4113

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4116

0, NONE, MEDIUM, 4140

0, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4148

1B 28 73 34 53

: 3851, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3852, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3853, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3854, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3855, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3856, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3857, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3858, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3859, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3860, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3861, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3862, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

0, UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4148

0, ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4148

0, ITALIC, BOLD, 4148

NONE, MEDIUM, 4148

NONE, BOLD, 4148

NONE, MEDIUM, 4148

NONE, BOLD, 4148

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4168

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4168

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4168

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4197

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4197

1B 28 73 34 53

1B 28 73 35 53

: 3863, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3864, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3865, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3866, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3867, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3868, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3869, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3870, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3871, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3872, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3873, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3874, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4197

ITALIC, BOLD, 4197

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4297

UPRIGHT, NONE, 4362

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16602

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 16602

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 16602

ITALIC, BOLD, 16602

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16901

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 16901

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 16901

1B 28 73 31 42

1B 28 73 34 42

1B 28 31 39 4D

1B 28 35 37 39 4C

: 3875, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3876, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 3877, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 5687, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 5707, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 5815, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 5835, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 6199, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 6219, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 6327, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 6347, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 16951, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 16971, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 17079, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 17099, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

ITALIC, BOLD, 16901

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16686

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 31402

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16901

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 16901

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 16901

ITALIC, BOLD, 16901

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4197

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4197

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4197

ITALIC, BOLD, 4197

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4101

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4101

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4101

ITALIC, BOLD, 4101

280 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

FONT.

--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FONT.

: 33335, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 33355, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 33463, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4113

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4113

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4113

FONT.

: 33483, 100, DEFAULT, PROP,

: 33591, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 33601, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 33719, 100, DEFAULT, PROP,

: 33729, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 34103, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

ITALIC, BOLD, 4113

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 16602

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 16602

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 16602

ITALIC, BOLD, 16602

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4148

: 34123, 100, DEFAULT, PROP,

: 34231, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 34251, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 41783, 100, DEFAULT, PROP,

: 41803, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 41911, 100, DEFAULT, PROP, 0,

: 41931, 100, DEFAULT, PROP,

: 50000, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50001, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50002, 100, PC942, PROP,

: 50003, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50004, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

120,

96,

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4148

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4148

ITALIC, BOLD, 4148

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 4116

UPRIGHT, BOLD, 4116

ITALIC, MEDIUM, 4116

ITALIC, BOLD, 4116

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

108, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50

: 50005, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50006, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50007, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50008, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50009, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50010, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50011, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50012, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50013, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50014, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50015, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50016, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50017, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50018, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50019, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50020, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50021, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50022, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50023, 100, PC942, PROP, 0,

: 50030, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50031, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50032, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50033, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50034, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50035, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50036, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50037, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50038, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50039, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50040, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50041, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50042, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50043, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

96,

80, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

84,

76,

67,

56,

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

108, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

96,

80, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

84,

76,

67,

96,

67,

56,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

56, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 28752

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

108, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

96, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

80, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

84, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

76,

67,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

1B 28 31 39 4B 1B 26 74 33 31 50

1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix I: The Parameter List 281

FONT.

--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FONT.

: 50044, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50045, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50046, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

108, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50

FONT.

: 50047, 100, PC891, PROP,

: 50048, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50049, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50050, 100, PC891, PROP,

: 50051, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50052, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

96,

80, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

84,

76,

67,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50

: 50053, 100, PC891, PROP,

: 50060, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50061, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50062, 100, PC904, PROP,

: 50063, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50064, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50065, 100, PC904, PROP,

: 50066, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50067, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50068, 100, PC904, PROP,

: 50069, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50070, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

56,

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

120,

108, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

96,

80,

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

101,

84,

76,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

1B 28 31 39 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50

: 50071, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50072, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50073, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50074, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50075, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50076, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50077, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50078, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50079, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50080, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50081, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50082, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50083, 100, PC904, PROP, 0,

: 50100, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50101, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50102, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50103, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50104, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50105, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50106, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50107, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50108, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50109, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50110, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50111, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50112, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50113, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50114, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50115, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50116, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50117, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50118, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50119, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50120, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50121, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50122, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

: 50123, 100, PC903, PROP, 0,

67,

56,

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

108, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

96,

80, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

84,

76,

67,

56,

67,

56,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

56, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 0

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

108, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

96, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

80, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

84,

76,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

108, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

96, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

80, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

84,

76,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 37058

1B 28 31 38 43 1B 26 74 33 38 50

282 Appendix I: The Parameter List AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

FONT.

--- FONT FGID CSSF SBSET SPACING PITCH HEIGHT STYLE STROKE TYPEFACE STRING

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FONT.

: 50130, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50131, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50132, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50

FONT.

: 50133, 100, PC891, PROP,

: 50134, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50135, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50136, 100, PC891, PROP,

: 50137, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50138, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

108,

96,

80,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50

: 50139, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50140, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50141, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50142, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50143, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50144, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50145, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50146, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50147, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50148, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50149, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50150, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50151, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50152, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

: 50153, 100, PC891, PROP, 0,

84,

76,

67,

56,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 43088

144, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

120, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

108, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

96,

80,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

101, UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

84,

76,

67,

56,

UPRIGHT, MEDIUM, 41040

1B 28 31 38 48 1B 26 74 33 38 50

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix J: Test Button 283

Appendix J Test Button

The test button is located on the front right hand side of the AXIS

570/670 and is used for:

• Printing a test page, checking the connection to the printer.

• Printing a parameter list, showing the AXIS 570/670 current settings.

• Resetting the AXIS 570/670 parameters to the factory default settings.

The Test Page Press the test button once to print a test page. If the test page prints, the parallel interface is functioning correctly. The printed Test Page contains basic information about the AXIS 570/670. It is recommended that you print a test page every time you have connected the AXIS 570/670 to a printer.

Note: ❏ The test page is printed on LPT1 by default. If you want to print the test page on LPT2 instead, you should set the Internal

Printout Destination parameter to LPT2.

The Parameter List Press the test button twice to print a parameter list showing the current AXIS 570/670 settings. This list provides comprehensive details of all the parameters and their current status. Refer to

Appendix B - The Parameter List, on page 131.

If you want to change any of the parameters, use one of the methods that are described in

Section 11 Management & Configuration, on page 161.

Note: ❏ The parameter list is printed on LPT1 by default. If you want to print the parameter list on LPT2 instead, you should set the

Internal Printout Destination parameter to LPT2.

284 Appendix J: Test Button AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Factory Default

Settings

Follow the instructions below to reset the AXIS 570/670 to the factory default settings:

1. Remove the external power supply to switch off the AXIS

570/670.

2. Press and hold down the test button, while you plug the external power supply back in. Continue to hold down the test button, until the network indicator begins to flash at one second intervals.

This should take at least 5 seconds.

3. Release the test button and wait until the network indicator flashes at least five times.

4. Press and hold the test button again until the network indicator remains constantly lit.

5. Restart the AXIS 570/670 by switching it off and on.

The AXIS 570/670 is now reset to factory default settings.

Note: ❏ All parameter except Node Address (NODE_ADDR) and

Internet Address (IP_ADDR) are reset. If you want to change these parameters, use either AXIS NetPilot or any standard Web

browser. Please refer to Section 11 Management & Configuration, on page 161.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix K: Technical Specifications 285

Appendix K Technical Specifications

Supported Systems

IBM Mainframe and AS/400: IBM S/370, S/390, IBM 30xx, 43xx, 47xx, 937x, IBM 81xx and AS/400.

Novell NetWare:

Microsoft LAN Manager:

IBM LAN Server:

Microsoft Windows:

LANtastic:

Versions 3.11, 3.12, 4.10 and above, supporting both NDS and Bindery

Emulation. A maximum of 16 bindery file servers and 96 print queues can be served. NDPS supported by versions 4.11 and above.

User messages are also supported.

Print Methods: RPRINTER/NPRINTER, PSERVER

LAN Manager 2.0c and above, running under OS/2 ver 1.3 and above.

LAN Server 1.3 and above, running under OS/2 ver 1.3 and above including

OS/2 Warp, OS/2 Warp Connect.

Windows NT ver. 3.5 and above, Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95,

Windows 98.

LANtastic 7.0, from any of the supported Windows clients, defined above.

BSD Systems

System V Systems

Other Systems

Print Methods

Apple EtherTalk:

WWW:

All Operating Systems supporting the TCP/IP suite of protocols, including:

BSD 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, SunOS4 (Solaris 1.x), DEC Ultrix etc.

R3, R4, AT&T, Inter-active, SCO, SunOS5 (Solaris 2.x), HP-UX,

IBM AIX, Silicon Graphics IRIX, DEC Alpha OSF/1, BULL (BOS, AIX).

IBM (MVS, VM, VSE, OS/400), DEC VMS, guidelines for other systems.

SNA, TN3270E, TN5250E, PPR/PPD, LPR/LPD, FTP, PROS (named pipe & filtered, Reverse Telnet.

(AXIS 570 and 570e only) Print Method: AppleTalk Phase 2

Netscape Navigator 3.0 and MS Internet Explorer 3.0 or compatible browsers.

Supported Protocols

IBM: SNA PU type 2.0 (3174 establishment controller SNA), LU type 1

(SCS/IPDS), LU type 3 (3270DS/IPDS), SNA PU type 2.1 (5494 remote control unit SNA), LU type 6.2, LU type 4 (SCS, IPDS), TCP/IP TN3270E transport of SCS, 3270DS and IPDS, TCP/IP TN5250E transport of SCS,

TCP/IP PPR/PPD transport of IPDS, Raw TCP/IP transport of SCS,

TCP/IP LPR/LPD transport of SCS.

(IPDS only supported by AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e)

286 Appendix K: Technical Specifications AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

NetWare:

Windows and OS/2:

LANtastic

TCP/IP:

Apple EtherTalk:

IPX, SAP, RIP, SPX, SNMP and NCP (extended with NDS), NLSP, DIAG.

NetBIOS/NetBEUI and TCP/IP, WINS.

NetBIOS/NetBEUI

LPD, FTP, Telnet, Reverse Telnet, PROS, BOOTP, ARP, RARP, DHCP,

ICMP, IP, TCP, UDP, HTTP, SNMP, TFTP, SLP.

(AXIS 570 and 570e only) AARP, ATP, DDP, NBP, PAP, RTMP, ZIP.

Network Management SNMP-MIB II compliant (over UDP/IP and IPX), private enterprise MIB included. LAN Network Manager for OS/2, Print server status in

NWAdmin/PCONSOLE.

Hardware

AXIS 570/670

AXIS 570e/670e

32 bit RISC Controller, 2 Mbyte Flash memory. 0.5 MB RAM memory

32 bit RISC Controller, 2 Mbyte Flash memory. 2 MB RAM memory

Front Panel 2 LED indicators: Power and Network.

Test button for information printouts.

Slide switch for TokenRing speed (AXIS 670 and AXIS 670e only)

Logical Connection

AXIS 570/570e:

AXIS 670/670e:

Running simultaneously any combination of the supported protocols. Use of

IEEE802.2, IEEE802.3, SNAP and Ethernet II frame types simultaneously.

Running simultaneously any combination of the supported protocols. Use of

IEEE802.2 and IEEE802.5 (with Early Token release support for 16 Mbps) frame types simultaneously.

Attachments

AXIS 570:

AXIS 570e

AXIS 670/670e:

10base2 (Thin) and 10baseT (Twisted Pair) Ethernet.

10baseT (Twisted Pair) Ethernet or 100baseTX (Twisted Pair category 5)

Fast Ethernet.

Media type 1/DB9/STP and type 3/RJ45/UTP. Support for 4 and

16 Mbps networks.

Security

UNIX:

NetWare:

Root password, User access list and printer access.

Encrypted passwords.

Logical Printers Eight virtual printers can be programmed to perform auto ASCII to

PostScript conversion, string before and after job, string substitution, alternative output and character set conversion.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix K: Technical Specifications 287

Parallel Printers Two IEEE 1284 compliant, high-speed parallel ports with 25 pin DSUB connectors. Bi-directional support for Apple, Reverse Telnet and PROS.

Sustained throughput up to 400 kbytes/s using NetWare or LAN

Server/LAN Manager.

IBM Printer Emulation IPDS printers: 3812 models 2, 3816, 4028 models 1 & 2

IBM 3270 non-IPDS printers: 3262 models 3 & 13, 3268 model 2C,

3287 model 2C, 3812 model 2, 3816 models 01A and 01D, 4214 model 1,

4224 model 2 and 4230 model 201.

AS/400 non-IPDS printers: 3812 models 1 & 2, 3816 models 01S & 01D with 5219 diskette, 4214 model 2, 4230 model 101, 5224 models 1 & 2,

5225 models 1 - 4 and 5256 models 1 - 3, 5227-00x and 5327-00x models.

ASCII printer languages: PostScript level 2, PCL 4/5, IBM Proprinter, Epson

(FX, LQ) and Generic printer.

(IPDS only supported by AXIS 570e and AXIS 670e).

Serial Printer 1 serial port, RS 232, 9 pin DSUB. XON/XOFF or RTS/CTS. Data rates up to 115,200 baud.

Power Consumption

AXIS 570e

AXIS 570:

AXIS 670/670e:

Maximum 5.1W. Power provided by external supply

(Type PS-D, 12v 800 mA).

Maximum 3.5W. Power provided by external supply

(Type PS-B, 12v 500 mA).

Maximum 4.0W. Power provided by external supply

(Type PS-B, 12v 500 mA)

Dimensions Height x Width x Depth

AXIS 570/570e:

AXIS 670/670e:

1.0 x 7.0 x 4.7 inches (2.5 x 17.5 x 12.0 cm)

1.0 x 6.5 x 4.7 inches (2.5 x 16.2 x 12.0 cm)

Weight 0.86 lb. (0.39 kg)

Environmental Temperature: 40° - 105° F (5° - 40° C).

Humidity: 10 - 95% non-condensing.

288 Appendix K: Technical Specifications AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Approvals

EMC:

Safety:

EN 55022/1994, EN50082-1/1992. FCC Class A.

EN 60950. Approved power supplies for all countries

All specifications are subject to change without prior notice

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix L: Glossary 289

Appendix L Glossary

3270DS 3270 Data Stream is a control language used for the 3270 family of terminals and controllers. Also used for printing.

AIX Advanced Interactive eXecutive. A version of the UNIX operating system from IBM that runs on various IBM computers including

Mainframe systems.

APPC Advanced Program-to-Program Communication. SNA facility (based on LU6.2 and PU2.1) for general purpose inter-program communications. Often used synonymously with LU6.2 but LU6.2 is the architecture and APPC is the programming interface.

ARP Address Resolution Protocol. A protocol within TCP/IP networks that allows a host to find the physical address of a node on the same network. It is available in UNIX, Windows 95, Windows 98 and

Windows NT. ARP cannot be used across routers.

ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange, a plain text format used by computers.

BOOTP BOOT Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol, used for downloading start-up information such as the IP address to hosts on the network. It is only available in UNIX. BOOTP requires a BOOTP daemon on your system. A request made to an active BOOTP daemon initiates a search of the Boot Table for an entry matching the print server’s Ethernet address. If a matching entry is found, the daemon downloads the IP address to the print server.

BSD Berkeley Software Distribution. The University of California,

Berkeley additions to the UNIX operating system.

290 Appendix L: Glossary AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

config file This is a file that resides in the print server’s memory and contains all the parameters that determine the AXIS 570/670 functionality. By editing the config file (changing the parameter settings), you can configure the AXIS 570/670 to meet the printing needs of your network.

DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. DHCP is available in

Windows NT and UNIX systems, and allows for the automatic but temporary assignment of IP addresses from a central pool. DHCP causes the selected host to automatically allocate and download an unused IP address to the requesting print server. It also provides validation data that defines how long the IP addresses will remain valid.

To fully benefit from this method, the AXIS 570/670 also supports the WINS host name resolution protocol, which is available in

Windows NT networks.

DNS Domain Name Service. Reflects the server names and addresses within a network.

EBCDIC Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code. Coded 8-bit character set used by SNA and native IBM data streams.

FEP Front End Processor. Generic term for a specialized computer linked to a host machine to support a specialized function

(e.g. communications). IBM 3705, 3720, 3725, and 3745 are communications FEPs.

Flash Memory The print server software is stored in Flash Memory. This memory is provided by a silicon chip that like any other ROM device, retains data content even after power is removed. However, Flash Memory is unique because it allows its data to be erased and re-written. This means that you can install software updates for your server as soon as they become available, without having to replace any parts. The new software is simply loaded into the server over the network.

FTP File Transfer Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol used for logging into a network and transferring files.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix L: Glossary 291

HPR High Performance Routing. IBM implementation of APPN

(Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking). Includes pro-active congestion control and non-disruptive re-routing

HTML Hypertext Markup Language. A standard hypertext language used for creating World Wide Web pages and other hypertext documents.

HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol. The TCP/IP protocol for Web based communication.

IBM International Business Machines Corp.

IP Internet Protocol. The TCP/IP session-layer protocol that regulates packet forwarding by tracking IP addresses, routing outgoing messages and recognizing incoming messages.

IPDS Intelligent Printer Data Stream. An IBM protocol for data sent to page printers. It’s a page description language analogous to PostScript.

LED Light Emitting Diode.

Logical Printer A logical printer acts as a filter between the network and the physical printer. It appears to the user as a normal printer with additional characteristics. For example a UNIX workstation may only send a line feed (LF) to a shared printer that needs carriage return (CR) and LF.

The logical printer can solve this problem by adding a CR.

LPD Line Printer Daemon protocol. A print server protocol widely used on the Internet.

LPR Line PRinter. The Unix print command. This does not actually print files but rather copies or links them to a spool area from where a daemon copies them to the printer.

LU Logical Unit. The user’s ’port’ into an SNA network. LU1 is a high performance print stream. LU2 is a 3270 terminal data stream. LU3 is a 3270 print data stream. LU6 is a host-to-host data exchange stream.

LU7 is the 5250 data stream.

292 Appendix L: Glossary AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

LU6.2

IBM Peer-to-peer data stream for NOS functions. Supports asynchronous (store-and-forward) networking.

MIB Management Information Base. A database of network configuration information used by SNMP and CMIP to monitor or change network settings.

NAU Network Adressable Unit. Entities within an SNA network (SSCP,

PU, LU) that can send or receive requests and responses. An SNA network is made up of NAUs and the underlying path control network.

NCP NetWare Core Protocol. Network clients use the NCP to request services of servers, and servers use NCP to provide services, such as file and print services.

NCP(2) Network Control Program. SNA program resident in the FEP. NCP off-loads certain line protocol and routing functions from the host

CPU.

NDS NetWare Directory Services. Manages network resources such as

NetWare servers and volumes.

PPR/PPD Page Printer Requester/Page Printer Daemon. Bidirectional IBM proprietary TCP/IP application protocol. Supported on AS/400s and

Mainframes for transporting IPDS printer data over TCP/IP. This is not an open standard.

PU Physical Unit type within SNA. The software in an SNA node controlling the node’s communications hardware.

PU2.1

SNA PU type 2.1 allows local user ports to communicate without going thorough a host node’s SSCP services. Printer Requester/Page

Printer Daemon. Bidirectional IBM proprietary TCP/IP application protocol. Supported on AS/400s and Mainframes for transporting

IPDS printer data over TCP/IP. This is not an open standard.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual Appendix L: Glossary 293

RARP Reverse Address Resolution Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol used for downloading IP addresses in UNIX networks. It requires a RARP daemon on your system, and only operates within a single network segment. A request made to an active RARP daemon initiates a search of the Ethernet Address Table for an entry matching the print server’s

Ethernet address. If a matching entry is found, the daemon downloads the IP address to the print server.

RISC Reduced Instruction Set Computing. A processor that recognizes only a limited number of assembly-language instructions.

SAP Service Advertising Protocol. A network name advertising service that e.g. file servers can use for advertising their existence to network clients.

SAP(2) Service Access Point. Field defined by the IEEE 802.2 specification that is part of an address specification. Thus, the destination plus the

DSAP define the recipient of a packet. The same applies to the SSAP

SCS SNA Character String. A sequence of control commands that allows sophisticated control of printers and other devices.

SNA Systems Network Architecture. IBM’s data communications architecture defining levels of protocols for communications between terminals and applications as well as between programs. Originally

SNA was strictly host-based with VTAM controlling the network except for path control which was provided by NCP in the FEP.

Recently, with the APPN/APPC and HPR additions SNA has become more distributed.

SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol for managing and monitoring nodes on a network.

SSCP System Services Control Point. SNA software within VTAM which handles network name/address conversion, device configuration, network diagnostics and recovery. The SSCP is a NAU located on a host node in the network.

294 Appendix L: Glossary AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

TCP Transmission Control Protocol. The connection-oriented, transportlevel protocol used in the TCP/IP suite of protocols.

TFTP Trivial File Transport Protocol. A simpler version of the FTP protocol.

TN3270E Extension to the Telnet protocol for transporting 3270 terminal and print data over TCP/IP.

TN5250E Extension to the Telnet protocol for transporting 5250 terminal and print data over TCP/IP.

UNIX A 32-bit multi-tasking, multi-user operating system originally developed by AT&T.

URL Uniform Resource Locator. A way of specifying the location of publicly available information on the Internet.

VTAM Virtual Telecommunications Access Method. Mainframe software that performs network control and management. VTAM’s most important objective is to provide the SSCP services.

WINS Windows Internet Name Service. A NetBIOS Name Server that maps

NetBIOS names to dynamically assigned IP addresses.

Wizard A special form of user assistance that automates a task through a dialog with the user. Wizards help the user to accomplish tasks that are complex and require experience, and even for the experienced user can help to speed up an operation.

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

Index

A

Account file 179, 180

Apple EtherTalk 285

Approvals 288

AS/400 49

ASCII to Postscript Conversion 199

axinstall 156

AXIS MIB 185

AXIS NetPilot 169

AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 146

AXIS Print Utility for Windows 139

B

Bar Codes 223

Basic setup

AXIS NetPilot 32

TCP/IP 36

Bi-directional Printing 202

Bin

Default Input 238

BSD Systems 285

C

Character Set Conversion 195

Chooser 149

Color 237

Concentrator gateway, general 217

Concentrator gateway, Microsoft 220

Concentrator gateway, NetWare 218

config file 161, 263

Configuration methods

AXIS NetPilot

Parameter List Editor 170

Property pages 170

FTP 177

HP tools

HP JetAdmin 186

HP Web JetAdmin 186

NetWare Administrator 189

Configuration Mode 221

Configuring

AS/400 58

IBM Mainframes 88

Controller description 59

CPI 225

D

DBCS 255

Font Types 259

Debugging Print Problems 202

Default Input Bin 238

Device Features 257

DSPU 217

Duplex 237

E

Environmental 287

Ethernet Address 36

295

296

F

Factory default settings 284

Flash memory 203

Font

Immediate substitutions 249

Font Width

Fonts

H

I

IBM AS/400 285

IBM Font Selection 225

IBM LAN Server 285

IBM Mainframe 285

IBM SNA 87

Installation guide 30

Installation Summary 31

Installing printer ports

Windows 95 126

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

L

LANtastic 143, 285

Last Code Point 257

LLC 217

Local major node definitions 93

Logical Connection 286

Logical Printers 193

Logon-mode Entry 90

LPR/LPD Printing 79

M

Macintosh 285

Choosing a printer 150

Installing the print server 149

Setting the Internet address 153

Microsoft LAN Manager 285

MicroSoft SNA 220

Microsoft Windows 285

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

N

NDPS 116

NDS 119

NetWare

Advanced installation 118

Basic installation 32

NDPS 116

NetWare printing modes

Print Server Mode 122

Remote Printer Mode 122

NetWare SAA 217, 218

Network connectors 17

Network Indicator LED 20, 22, 24

Network indicator LED 18

Network Management 286

Novell NetWare 285, 286

O

OS/2

AXIS Print Utility for OS/2 146

Creating print queues 147

Installing the print server 146

P

Paper Size

Physical 238

Parameter List 263

Pass-through gateway 217

Physical Description

AXIS 640/642 19, 21, 23

Physical description 17

Point size 253

Power Indicator LED 20, 22, 24

Power indicator LED 18

Power Requirements 287

Printer description 59

Printer information 175

Printing

R

Ring Speed Switch 22, 24

297

298

S

SBCS 258

SDLC 217

Security 286

Setting the Internet address

Setting up

SNA Printing

String Substitutions 197, 221

Support services 4

Switched major node definitions 91

System V Systems 285

T

TCP/IP 286

Technical Specifications 285

Test Button 20, 22, 24

Test button 18, 283

TFTP 39, 47

TN3270E Printing 98

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

U

UNIX print methods 158

UNIX Printing methods

User Defined Strings 221

V

VTAM Logon-mode entry 90

AXIS 570/670 User’s Manual

W

Windows 285

Windows 3.1

AXIS Print Utility for Windows 139

Peer-to-peer printing 141

Windows 95

Installing printer ports 126

Windows 98

Installing printer ports 126

Windows for Workgroups

AXIS Print Utility for Windows 139

Client-server printing

Client setup 143

Server setup 142

Peer-to-peer printing 141

Windows NT 3.5x

Installing printer ports 133

Windows NT 4.0